From a906d1d6304f05d8b79826426896c7f8e7248678 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Olivier Ceyral Date: Wed, 8 Aug 2018 17:03:15 +0200 Subject: [PATCH] Add consul template function --- template/interpolate/funcs.go | 34 + vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/LICENSE | 20 + vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/README.md | 91 ++ .../github.com/armon/go-metrics/const_unix.go | 12 + .../armon/go-metrics/const_windows.go | 13 + vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/inmem.go | 348 ++++++++ .../armon/go-metrics/inmem_endpoint.go | 118 +++ .../armon/go-metrics/inmem_signal.go | 117 +++ vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/metrics.go | 278 ++++++ vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/sink.go | 115 +++ vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/start.go | 141 +++ vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/statsd.go | 184 ++++ .../github.com/armon/go-metrics/statsite.go | 172 ++++ vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/LICENSE | 354 ++++++++ vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/NOTICE.md | 3 + .../github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/README.md | 67 ++ vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/acl.go | 193 ++++ .../github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/agent.go | 791 +++++++++++++++++ vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/api.go | 839 ++++++++++++++++++ .../hashicorp/consul/api/catalog.go | 213 +++++ .../hashicorp/consul/api/connect.go | 12 + .../hashicorp/consul/api/connect_ca.go | 172 ++++ .../hashicorp/consul/api/connect_intention.go | 302 +++++++ .../hashicorp/consul/api/coordinate.go | 106 +++ .../github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/event.go | 104 +++ .../github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/health.go | 232 +++++ vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/kv.go | 420 +++++++++ .../github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/lock.go | 386 ++++++++ .../hashicorp/consul/api/operator.go | 11 + .../hashicorp/consul/api/operator_area.go | 193 ++++ .../consul/api/operator_autopilot.go | 219 +++++ .../hashicorp/consul/api/operator_keyring.go | 86 ++ .../hashicorp/consul/api/operator_raft.go | 89 ++ .../hashicorp/consul/api/operator_segment.go | 11 + .../hashicorp/consul/api/prepared_query.go | 212 +++++ vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/raw.go | 24 + .../hashicorp/consul/api/semaphore.go | 514 +++++++++++ .../hashicorp/consul/api/session.go | 224 +++++ .../hashicorp/consul/api/snapshot.go | 47 + .../github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/status.go | 43 + .../hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/LICENSE | 363 ++++++++ .../hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/README.md | 41 + .../hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/edges.go | 21 + .../hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/iradix.go | 662 ++++++++++++++ .../hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/iter.go | 91 ++ .../hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/node.go | 292 ++++++ .../hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/raw_iter.go | 78 ++ .../github.com/hashicorp/golang-lru/LICENSE | 362 ++++++++ .../hashicorp/golang-lru/simplelru/lru.go | 161 ++++ .../golang-lru/simplelru/lru_interface.go | 37 + vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/LICENSE | 354 ++++++++ .../hashicorp/serf/coordinate/client.go | 243 +++++ .../hashicorp/serf/coordinate/config.go | 70 ++ .../hashicorp/serf/coordinate/coordinate.go | 203 +++++ .../hashicorp/serf/coordinate/phantom.go | 187 ++++ vendor/vendor.json | 44 + 56 files changed, 10719 insertions(+) create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/LICENSE create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/README.md create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/const_unix.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/const_windows.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/inmem.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/inmem_endpoint.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/inmem_signal.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/metrics.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/sink.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/start.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/statsd.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/statsite.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/LICENSE create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/NOTICE.md create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/README.md create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/acl.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/agent.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/api.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/catalog.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/connect.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/connect_ca.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/connect_intention.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/coordinate.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/event.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/health.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/kv.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/lock.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/operator.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/operator_area.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/operator_autopilot.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/operator_keyring.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/operator_raft.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/operator_segment.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/prepared_query.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/raw.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/semaphore.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/session.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/snapshot.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/status.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/LICENSE create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/README.md create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/edges.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/iradix.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/iter.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/node.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/raw_iter.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/golang-lru/LICENSE create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/golang-lru/simplelru/lru.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/golang-lru/simplelru/lru_interface.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/LICENSE create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/coordinate/client.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/coordinate/config.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/coordinate/coordinate.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/coordinate/phantom.go diff --git a/template/interpolate/funcs.go b/template/interpolate/funcs.go index 3bb369998..cbabe3433 100644 --- a/template/interpolate/funcs.go +++ b/template/interpolate/funcs.go @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ import ( "text/template" "time" + consulapi "github.com/hashicorp/consul/api" "github.com/hashicorp/packer/common/uuid" "github.com/hashicorp/packer/version" ) @@ -36,6 +37,7 @@ var FuncGens = map[string]FuncGenerator{ "uuid": funcGenUuid, "user": funcGenUser, "packer_version": funcGenPackerVersion, + "consul_key": funcGenConsul, "upper": funcGenPrimitive(strings.ToUpper), "lower": funcGenPrimitive(strings.ToLower), @@ -172,3 +174,35 @@ func funcGenPackerVersion(ctx *Context) interface{} { return version.FormattedVersion() } } + +func funcGenConsul(ctx *Context) interface{} { + return func(k string) (string, error) { + if !ctx.EnableEnv { + // The error message doesn't have to be that detailed since + // semantic checks should catch this. + return "", errors.New("env vars are not allowed here") + } + + consulConfig := consulapi.DefaultConfig() + client, err := consulapi.NewClient(consulConfig) + if err != nil { + return "", fmt.Errorf("error getting consul client: %s", err) + } + + q := &consulapi.QueryOptions{} + kv, _, err := client.KV().Get(k, q) + if err != nil { + return "", fmt.Errorf("error reading consul key: %s", err) + } + if kv == nil { + return "", fmt.Errorf("key does not exist at the given path: %s", k) + } + + value := string(kv.Value) + if value == "" { + return "", fmt.Errorf("value is empty at path %s", k) + } + + return value, nil + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..106569e54 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +The MIT License (MIT) + +Copyright (c) 2013 Armon Dadgar + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of +this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in +the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to +use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of +the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, +subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS +FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR +COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER +IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN +CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/README.md b/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/README.md new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aa73348c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +go-metrics +========== + +This library provides a `metrics` package which can be used to instrument code, +expose application metrics, and profile runtime performance in a flexible manner. + +Current API: [![GoDoc](https://godoc.org/github.com/armon/go-metrics?status.svg)](https://godoc.org/github.com/armon/go-metrics) + +Sinks +----- + +The `metrics` package makes use of a `MetricSink` interface to support delivery +to any type of backend. Currently the following sinks are provided: + +* StatsiteSink : Sinks to a [statsite](https://github.com/armon/statsite/) instance (TCP) +* StatsdSink: Sinks to a [StatsD](https://github.com/etsy/statsd/) / statsite instance (UDP) +* PrometheusSink: Sinks to a [Prometheus](http://prometheus.io/) metrics endpoint (exposed via HTTP for scrapes) +* InmemSink : Provides in-memory aggregation, can be used to export stats +* FanoutSink : Sinks to multiple sinks. Enables writing to multiple statsite instances for example. +* BlackholeSink : Sinks to nowhere + +In addition to the sinks, the `InmemSignal` can be used to catch a signal, +and dump a formatted output of recent metrics. For example, when a process gets +a SIGUSR1, it can dump to stderr recent performance metrics for debugging. + +Labels +------ + +Most metrics do have an equivalent ending with `WithLabels`, such methods +allow to push metrics with labels and use some features of underlying Sinks +(ex: translated into Prometheus labels). + +Since some of these labels may increase greatly cardinality of metrics, the +library allow to filter labels using a blacklist/whitelist filtering system +which is global to all metrics. + +* If `Config.AllowedLabels` is not nil, then only labels specified in this value will be sent to underlying Sink, otherwise, all labels are sent by default. +* If `Config.BlockedLabels` is not nil, any label specified in this value will not be sent to underlying Sinks. + +By default, both `Config.AllowedLabels` and `Config.BlockedLabels` are nil, meaning that +no tags are filetered at all, but it allow to a user to globally block some tags with high +cardinality at application level. + +Examples +-------- + +Here is an example of using the package: + +```go +func SlowMethod() { + // Profiling the runtime of a method + defer metrics.MeasureSince([]string{"SlowMethod"}, time.Now()) +} + +// Configure a statsite sink as the global metrics sink +sink, _ := metrics.NewStatsiteSink("statsite:8125") +metrics.NewGlobal(metrics.DefaultConfig("service-name"), sink) + +// Emit a Key/Value pair +metrics.EmitKey([]string{"questions", "meaning of life"}, 42) +``` + +Here is an example of setting up a signal handler: + +```go +// Setup the inmem sink and signal handler +inm := metrics.NewInmemSink(10*time.Second, time.Minute) +sig := metrics.DefaultInmemSignal(inm) +metrics.NewGlobal(metrics.DefaultConfig("service-name"), inm) + +// Run some code +inm.SetGauge([]string{"foo"}, 42) +inm.EmitKey([]string{"bar"}, 30) + +inm.IncrCounter([]string{"baz"}, 42) +inm.IncrCounter([]string{"baz"}, 1) +inm.IncrCounter([]string{"baz"}, 80) + +inm.AddSample([]string{"method", "wow"}, 42) +inm.AddSample([]string{"method", "wow"}, 100) +inm.AddSample([]string{"method", "wow"}, 22) + +.... +``` + +When a signal comes in, output like the following will be dumped to stderr: + + [2014-01-28 14:57:33.04 -0800 PST][G] 'foo': 42.000 + [2014-01-28 14:57:33.04 -0800 PST][P] 'bar': 30.000 + [2014-01-28 14:57:33.04 -0800 PST][C] 'baz': Count: 3 Min: 1.000 Mean: 41.000 Max: 80.000 Stddev: 39.509 + [2014-01-28 14:57:33.04 -0800 PST][S] 'method.wow': Count: 3 Min: 22.000 Mean: 54.667 Max: 100.000 Stddev: 40.513 \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/const_unix.go b/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/const_unix.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31098dd57 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/const_unix.go @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +// +build !windows + +package metrics + +import ( + "syscall" +) + +const ( + // DefaultSignal is used with DefaultInmemSignal + DefaultSignal = syscall.SIGUSR1 +) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/const_windows.go b/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/const_windows.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38136af3e --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/const_windows.go @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +// +build windows + +package metrics + +import ( + "syscall" +) + +const ( + // DefaultSignal is used with DefaultInmemSignal + // Windows has no SIGUSR1, use SIGBREAK + DefaultSignal = syscall.Signal(21) +) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/inmem.go b/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/inmem.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e2d6a709 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/inmem.go @@ -0,0 +1,348 @@ +package metrics + +import ( + "bytes" + "fmt" + "math" + "net/url" + "strings" + "sync" + "time" +) + +// InmemSink provides a MetricSink that does in-memory aggregation +// without sending metrics over a network. It can be embedded within +// an application to provide profiling information. +type InmemSink struct { + // How long is each aggregation interval + interval time.Duration + + // Retain controls how many metrics interval we keep + retain time.Duration + + // maxIntervals is the maximum length of intervals. + // It is retain / interval. + maxIntervals int + + // intervals is a slice of the retained intervals + intervals []*IntervalMetrics + intervalLock sync.RWMutex + + rateDenom float64 +} + +// IntervalMetrics stores the aggregated metrics +// for a specific interval +type IntervalMetrics struct { + sync.RWMutex + + // The start time of the interval + Interval time.Time + + // Gauges maps the key to the last set value + Gauges map[string]GaugeValue + + // Points maps the string to the list of emitted values + // from EmitKey + Points map[string][]float32 + + // Counters maps the string key to a sum of the counter + // values + Counters map[string]SampledValue + + // Samples maps the key to an AggregateSample, + // which has the rolled up view of a sample + Samples map[string]SampledValue +} + +// NewIntervalMetrics creates a new IntervalMetrics for a given interval +func NewIntervalMetrics(intv time.Time) *IntervalMetrics { + return &IntervalMetrics{ + Interval: intv, + Gauges: make(map[string]GaugeValue), + Points: make(map[string][]float32), + Counters: make(map[string]SampledValue), + Samples: make(map[string]SampledValue), + } +} + +// AggregateSample is used to hold aggregate metrics +// about a sample +type AggregateSample struct { + Count int // The count of emitted pairs + Rate float64 // The values rate per time unit (usually 1 second) + Sum float64 // The sum of values + SumSq float64 `json:"-"` // The sum of squared values + Min float64 // Minimum value + Max float64 // Maximum value + LastUpdated time.Time `json:"-"` // When value was last updated +} + +// Computes a Stddev of the values +func (a *AggregateSample) Stddev() float64 { + num := (float64(a.Count) * a.SumSq) - math.Pow(a.Sum, 2) + div := float64(a.Count * (a.Count - 1)) + if div == 0 { + return 0 + } + return math.Sqrt(num / div) +} + +// Computes a mean of the values +func (a *AggregateSample) Mean() float64 { + if a.Count == 0 { + return 0 + } + return a.Sum / float64(a.Count) +} + +// Ingest is used to update a sample +func (a *AggregateSample) Ingest(v float64, rateDenom float64) { + a.Count++ + a.Sum += v + a.SumSq += (v * v) + if v < a.Min || a.Count == 1 { + a.Min = v + } + if v > a.Max || a.Count == 1 { + a.Max = v + } + a.Rate = float64(a.Sum) / rateDenom + a.LastUpdated = time.Now() +} + +func (a *AggregateSample) String() string { + if a.Count == 0 { + return "Count: 0" + } else if a.Stddev() == 0 { + return fmt.Sprintf("Count: %d Sum: %0.3f LastUpdated: %s", a.Count, a.Sum, a.LastUpdated) + } else { + return fmt.Sprintf("Count: %d Min: %0.3f Mean: %0.3f Max: %0.3f Stddev: %0.3f Sum: %0.3f LastUpdated: %s", + a.Count, a.Min, a.Mean(), a.Max, a.Stddev(), a.Sum, a.LastUpdated) + } +} + +// NewInmemSinkFromURL creates an InmemSink from a URL. It is used +// (and tested) from NewMetricSinkFromURL. +func NewInmemSinkFromURL(u *url.URL) (MetricSink, error) { + params := u.Query() + + interval, err := time.ParseDuration(params.Get("interval")) + if err != nil { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("Bad 'interval' param: %s", err) + } + + retain, err := time.ParseDuration(params.Get("retain")) + if err != nil { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("Bad 'retain' param: %s", err) + } + + return NewInmemSink(interval, retain), nil +} + +// NewInmemSink is used to construct a new in-memory sink. +// Uses an aggregation interval and maximum retention period. +func NewInmemSink(interval, retain time.Duration) *InmemSink { + rateTimeUnit := time.Second + i := &InmemSink{ + interval: interval, + retain: retain, + maxIntervals: int(retain / interval), + rateDenom: float64(interval.Nanoseconds()) / float64(rateTimeUnit.Nanoseconds()), + } + i.intervals = make([]*IntervalMetrics, 0, i.maxIntervals) + return i +} + +func (i *InmemSink) SetGauge(key []string, val float32) { + i.SetGaugeWithLabels(key, val, nil) +} + +func (i *InmemSink) SetGaugeWithLabels(key []string, val float32, labels []Label) { + k, name := i.flattenKeyLabels(key, labels) + intv := i.getInterval() + + intv.Lock() + defer intv.Unlock() + intv.Gauges[k] = GaugeValue{Name: name, Value: val, Labels: labels} +} + +func (i *InmemSink) EmitKey(key []string, val float32) { + k := i.flattenKey(key) + intv := i.getInterval() + + intv.Lock() + defer intv.Unlock() + vals := intv.Points[k] + intv.Points[k] = append(vals, val) +} + +func (i *InmemSink) IncrCounter(key []string, val float32) { + i.IncrCounterWithLabels(key, val, nil) +} + +func (i *InmemSink) IncrCounterWithLabels(key []string, val float32, labels []Label) { + k, name := i.flattenKeyLabels(key, labels) + intv := i.getInterval() + + intv.Lock() + defer intv.Unlock() + + agg, ok := intv.Counters[k] + if !ok { + agg = SampledValue{ + Name: name, + AggregateSample: &AggregateSample{}, + Labels: labels, + } + intv.Counters[k] = agg + } + agg.Ingest(float64(val), i.rateDenom) +} + +func (i *InmemSink) AddSample(key []string, val float32) { + i.AddSampleWithLabels(key, val, nil) +} + +func (i *InmemSink) AddSampleWithLabels(key []string, val float32, labels []Label) { + k, name := i.flattenKeyLabels(key, labels) + intv := i.getInterval() + + intv.Lock() + defer intv.Unlock() + + agg, ok := intv.Samples[k] + if !ok { + agg = SampledValue{ + Name: name, + AggregateSample: &AggregateSample{}, + Labels: labels, + } + intv.Samples[k] = agg + } + agg.Ingest(float64(val), i.rateDenom) +} + +// Data is used to retrieve all the aggregated metrics +// Intervals may be in use, and a read lock should be acquired +func (i *InmemSink) Data() []*IntervalMetrics { + // Get the current interval, forces creation + i.getInterval() + + i.intervalLock.RLock() + defer i.intervalLock.RUnlock() + + n := len(i.intervals) + intervals := make([]*IntervalMetrics, n) + + copy(intervals[:n-1], i.intervals[:n-1]) + current := i.intervals[n-1] + + // make its own copy for current interval + intervals[n-1] = &IntervalMetrics{} + copyCurrent := intervals[n-1] + current.RLock() + *copyCurrent = *current + + copyCurrent.Gauges = make(map[string]GaugeValue, len(current.Gauges)) + for k, v := range current.Gauges { + copyCurrent.Gauges[k] = v + } + // saved values will be not change, just copy its link + copyCurrent.Points = make(map[string][]float32, len(current.Points)) + for k, v := range current.Points { + copyCurrent.Points[k] = v + } + copyCurrent.Counters = make(map[string]SampledValue, len(current.Counters)) + for k, v := range current.Counters { + copyCurrent.Counters[k] = v + } + copyCurrent.Samples = make(map[string]SampledValue, len(current.Samples)) + for k, v := range current.Samples { + copyCurrent.Samples[k] = v + } + current.RUnlock() + + return intervals +} + +func (i *InmemSink) getExistingInterval(intv time.Time) *IntervalMetrics { + i.intervalLock.RLock() + defer i.intervalLock.RUnlock() + + n := len(i.intervals) + if n > 0 && i.intervals[n-1].Interval == intv { + return i.intervals[n-1] + } + return nil +} + +func (i *InmemSink) createInterval(intv time.Time) *IntervalMetrics { + i.intervalLock.Lock() + defer i.intervalLock.Unlock() + + // Check for an existing interval + n := len(i.intervals) + if n > 0 && i.intervals[n-1].Interval == intv { + return i.intervals[n-1] + } + + // Add the current interval + current := NewIntervalMetrics(intv) + i.intervals = append(i.intervals, current) + n++ + + // Truncate the intervals if they are too long + if n >= i.maxIntervals { + copy(i.intervals[0:], i.intervals[n-i.maxIntervals:]) + i.intervals = i.intervals[:i.maxIntervals] + } + return current +} + +// getInterval returns the current interval to write to +func (i *InmemSink) getInterval() *IntervalMetrics { + intv := time.Now().Truncate(i.interval) + if m := i.getExistingInterval(intv); m != nil { + return m + } + return i.createInterval(intv) +} + +// Flattens the key for formatting, removes spaces +func (i *InmemSink) flattenKey(parts []string) string { + buf := &bytes.Buffer{} + replacer := strings.NewReplacer(" ", "_") + + if len(parts) > 0 { + replacer.WriteString(buf, parts[0]) + } + for _, part := range parts[1:] { + replacer.WriteString(buf, ".") + replacer.WriteString(buf, part) + } + + return buf.String() +} + +// Flattens the key for formatting along with its labels, removes spaces +func (i *InmemSink) flattenKeyLabels(parts []string, labels []Label) (string, string) { + buf := &bytes.Buffer{} + replacer := strings.NewReplacer(" ", "_") + + if len(parts) > 0 { + replacer.WriteString(buf, parts[0]) + } + for _, part := range parts[1:] { + replacer.WriteString(buf, ".") + replacer.WriteString(buf, part) + } + + key := buf.String() + + for _, label := range labels { + replacer.WriteString(buf, fmt.Sprintf(";%s=%s", label.Name, label.Value)) + } + + return buf.String(), key +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/inmem_endpoint.go b/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/inmem_endpoint.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..504f1b374 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/inmem_endpoint.go @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +package metrics + +import ( + "fmt" + "net/http" + "sort" + "time" +) + +// MetricsSummary holds a roll-up of metrics info for a given interval +type MetricsSummary struct { + Timestamp string + Gauges []GaugeValue + Points []PointValue + Counters []SampledValue + Samples []SampledValue +} + +type GaugeValue struct { + Name string + Hash string `json:"-"` + Value float32 + + Labels []Label `json:"-"` + DisplayLabels map[string]string `json:"Labels"` +} + +type PointValue struct { + Name string + Points []float32 +} + +type SampledValue struct { + Name string + Hash string `json:"-"` + *AggregateSample + Mean float64 + Stddev float64 + + Labels []Label `json:"-"` + DisplayLabels map[string]string `json:"Labels"` +} + +// DisplayMetrics returns a summary of the metrics from the most recent finished interval. +func (i *InmemSink) DisplayMetrics(resp http.ResponseWriter, req *http.Request) (interface{}, error) { + data := i.Data() + + var interval *IntervalMetrics + n := len(data) + switch { + case n == 0: + return nil, fmt.Errorf("no metric intervals have been initialized yet") + case n == 1: + // Show the current interval if it's all we have + interval = i.intervals[0] + default: + // Show the most recent finished interval if we have one + interval = i.intervals[n-2] + } + + summary := MetricsSummary{ + Timestamp: interval.Interval.Round(time.Second).UTC().String(), + Gauges: make([]GaugeValue, 0, len(interval.Gauges)), + Points: make([]PointValue, 0, len(interval.Points)), + } + + // Format and sort the output of each metric type, so it gets displayed in a + // deterministic order. + for name, points := range interval.Points { + summary.Points = append(summary.Points, PointValue{name, points}) + } + sort.Slice(summary.Points, func(i, j int) bool { + return summary.Points[i].Name < summary.Points[j].Name + }) + + for hash, value := range interval.Gauges { + value.Hash = hash + value.DisplayLabels = make(map[string]string) + for _, label := range value.Labels { + value.DisplayLabels[label.Name] = label.Value + } + value.Labels = nil + + summary.Gauges = append(summary.Gauges, value) + } + sort.Slice(summary.Gauges, func(i, j int) bool { + return summary.Gauges[i].Hash < summary.Gauges[j].Hash + }) + + summary.Counters = formatSamples(interval.Counters) + summary.Samples = formatSamples(interval.Samples) + + return summary, nil +} + +func formatSamples(source map[string]SampledValue) []SampledValue { + output := make([]SampledValue, 0, len(source)) + for hash, sample := range source { + displayLabels := make(map[string]string) + for _, label := range sample.Labels { + displayLabels[label.Name] = label.Value + } + + output = append(output, SampledValue{ + Name: sample.Name, + Hash: hash, + AggregateSample: sample.AggregateSample, + Mean: sample.AggregateSample.Mean(), + Stddev: sample.AggregateSample.Stddev(), + DisplayLabels: displayLabels, + }) + } + sort.Slice(output, func(i, j int) bool { + return output[i].Hash < output[j].Hash + }) + + return output +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/inmem_signal.go b/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/inmem_signal.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0937f4aed --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/inmem_signal.go @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +package metrics + +import ( + "bytes" + "fmt" + "io" + "os" + "os/signal" + "strings" + "sync" + "syscall" +) + +// InmemSignal is used to listen for a given signal, and when received, +// to dump the current metrics from the InmemSink to an io.Writer +type InmemSignal struct { + signal syscall.Signal + inm *InmemSink + w io.Writer + sigCh chan os.Signal + + stop bool + stopCh chan struct{} + stopLock sync.Mutex +} + +// NewInmemSignal creates a new InmemSignal which listens for a given signal, +// and dumps the current metrics out to a writer +func NewInmemSignal(inmem *InmemSink, sig syscall.Signal, w io.Writer) *InmemSignal { + i := &InmemSignal{ + signal: sig, + inm: inmem, + w: w, + sigCh: make(chan os.Signal, 1), + stopCh: make(chan struct{}), + } + signal.Notify(i.sigCh, sig) + go i.run() + return i +} + +// DefaultInmemSignal returns a new InmemSignal that responds to SIGUSR1 +// and writes output to stderr. Windows uses SIGBREAK +func DefaultInmemSignal(inmem *InmemSink) *InmemSignal { + return NewInmemSignal(inmem, DefaultSignal, os.Stderr) +} + +// Stop is used to stop the InmemSignal from listening +func (i *InmemSignal) Stop() { + i.stopLock.Lock() + defer i.stopLock.Unlock() + + if i.stop { + return + } + i.stop = true + close(i.stopCh) + signal.Stop(i.sigCh) +} + +// run is a long running routine that handles signals +func (i *InmemSignal) run() { + for { + select { + case <-i.sigCh: + i.dumpStats() + case <-i.stopCh: + return + } + } +} + +// dumpStats is used to dump the data to output writer +func (i *InmemSignal) dumpStats() { + buf := bytes.NewBuffer(nil) + + data := i.inm.Data() + // Skip the last period which is still being aggregated + for j := 0; j < len(data)-1; j++ { + intv := data[j] + intv.RLock() + for _, val := range intv.Gauges { + name := i.flattenLabels(val.Name, val.Labels) + fmt.Fprintf(buf, "[%v][G] '%s': %0.3f\n", intv.Interval, name, val.Value) + } + for name, vals := range intv.Points { + for _, val := range vals { + fmt.Fprintf(buf, "[%v][P] '%s': %0.3f\n", intv.Interval, name, val) + } + } + for _, agg := range intv.Counters { + name := i.flattenLabels(agg.Name, agg.Labels) + fmt.Fprintf(buf, "[%v][C] '%s': %s\n", intv.Interval, name, agg.AggregateSample) + } + for _, agg := range intv.Samples { + name := i.flattenLabels(agg.Name, agg.Labels) + fmt.Fprintf(buf, "[%v][S] '%s': %s\n", intv.Interval, name, agg.AggregateSample) + } + intv.RUnlock() + } + + // Write out the bytes + i.w.Write(buf.Bytes()) +} + +// Flattens the key for formatting along with its labels, removes spaces +func (i *InmemSignal) flattenLabels(name string, labels []Label) string { + buf := bytes.NewBufferString(name) + replacer := strings.NewReplacer(" ", "_", ":", "_") + + for _, label := range labels { + replacer.WriteString(buf, ".") + replacer.WriteString(buf, label.Value) + } + + return buf.String() +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/metrics.go b/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/metrics.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cf9def748 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/metrics.go @@ -0,0 +1,278 @@ +package metrics + +import ( + "runtime" + "strings" + "time" + + "github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix" +) + +type Label struct { + Name string + Value string +} + +func (m *Metrics) SetGauge(key []string, val float32) { + m.SetGaugeWithLabels(key, val, nil) +} + +func (m *Metrics) SetGaugeWithLabels(key []string, val float32, labels []Label) { + if m.HostName != "" { + if m.EnableHostnameLabel { + labels = append(labels, Label{"host", m.HostName}) + } else if m.EnableHostname { + key = insert(0, m.HostName, key) + } + } + if m.EnableTypePrefix { + key = insert(0, "gauge", key) + } + if m.ServiceName != "" { + if m.EnableServiceLabel { + labels = append(labels, Label{"service", m.ServiceName}) + } else { + key = insert(0, m.ServiceName, key) + } + } + allowed, labelsFiltered := m.allowMetric(key, labels) + if !allowed { + return + } + m.sink.SetGaugeWithLabels(key, val, labelsFiltered) +} + +func (m *Metrics) EmitKey(key []string, val float32) { + if m.EnableTypePrefix { + key = insert(0, "kv", key) + } + if m.ServiceName != "" { + key = insert(0, m.ServiceName, key) + } + allowed, _ := m.allowMetric(key, nil) + if !allowed { + return + } + m.sink.EmitKey(key, val) +} + +func (m *Metrics) IncrCounter(key []string, val float32) { + m.IncrCounterWithLabels(key, val, nil) +} + +func (m *Metrics) IncrCounterWithLabels(key []string, val float32, labels []Label) { + if m.HostName != "" && m.EnableHostnameLabel { + labels = append(labels, Label{"host", m.HostName}) + } + if m.EnableTypePrefix { + key = insert(0, "counter", key) + } + if m.ServiceName != "" { + if m.EnableServiceLabel { + labels = append(labels, Label{"service", m.ServiceName}) + } else { + key = insert(0, m.ServiceName, key) + } + } + allowed, labelsFiltered := m.allowMetric(key, labels) + if !allowed { + return + } + m.sink.IncrCounterWithLabels(key, val, labelsFiltered) +} + +func (m *Metrics) AddSample(key []string, val float32) { + m.AddSampleWithLabels(key, val, nil) +} + +func (m *Metrics) AddSampleWithLabels(key []string, val float32, labels []Label) { + if m.HostName != "" && m.EnableHostnameLabel { + labels = append(labels, Label{"host", m.HostName}) + } + if m.EnableTypePrefix { + key = insert(0, "sample", key) + } + if m.ServiceName != "" { + if m.EnableServiceLabel { + labels = append(labels, Label{"service", m.ServiceName}) + } else { + key = insert(0, m.ServiceName, key) + } + } + allowed, labelsFiltered := m.allowMetric(key, labels) + if !allowed { + return + } + m.sink.AddSampleWithLabels(key, val, labelsFiltered) +} + +func (m *Metrics) MeasureSince(key []string, start time.Time) { + m.MeasureSinceWithLabels(key, start, nil) +} + +func (m *Metrics) MeasureSinceWithLabels(key []string, start time.Time, labels []Label) { + if m.HostName != "" && m.EnableHostnameLabel { + labels = append(labels, Label{"host", m.HostName}) + } + if m.EnableTypePrefix { + key = insert(0, "timer", key) + } + if m.ServiceName != "" { + if m.EnableServiceLabel { + labels = append(labels, Label{"service", m.ServiceName}) + } else { + key = insert(0, m.ServiceName, key) + } + } + allowed, labelsFiltered := m.allowMetric(key, labels) + if !allowed { + return + } + now := time.Now() + elapsed := now.Sub(start) + msec := float32(elapsed.Nanoseconds()) / float32(m.TimerGranularity) + m.sink.AddSampleWithLabels(key, msec, labelsFiltered) +} + +// UpdateFilter overwrites the existing filter with the given rules. +func (m *Metrics) UpdateFilter(allow, block []string) { + m.UpdateFilterAndLabels(allow, block, m.AllowedLabels, m.BlockedLabels) +} + +// UpdateFilterAndLabels overwrites the existing filter with the given rules. +func (m *Metrics) UpdateFilterAndLabels(allow, block, allowedLabels, blockedLabels []string) { + m.filterLock.Lock() + defer m.filterLock.Unlock() + + m.AllowedPrefixes = allow + m.BlockedPrefixes = block + + if allowedLabels == nil { + // Having a white list means we take only elements from it + m.allowedLabels = nil + } else { + m.allowedLabels = make(map[string]bool) + for _, v := range allowedLabels { + m.allowedLabels[v] = true + } + } + m.blockedLabels = make(map[string]bool) + for _, v := range blockedLabels { + m.blockedLabels[v] = true + } + m.AllowedLabels = allowedLabels + m.BlockedLabels = blockedLabels + + m.filter = iradix.New() + for _, prefix := range m.AllowedPrefixes { + m.filter, _, _ = m.filter.Insert([]byte(prefix), true) + } + for _, prefix := range m.BlockedPrefixes { + m.filter, _, _ = m.filter.Insert([]byte(prefix), false) + } +} + +// labelIsAllowed return true if a should be included in metric +// the caller should lock m.filterLock while calling this method +func (m *Metrics) labelIsAllowed(label *Label) bool { + labelName := (*label).Name + if m.blockedLabels != nil { + _, ok := m.blockedLabels[labelName] + if ok { + // If present, let's remove this label + return false + } + } + if m.allowedLabels != nil { + _, ok := m.allowedLabels[labelName] + return ok + } + // Allow by default + return true +} + +// filterLabels return only allowed labels +// the caller should lock m.filterLock while calling this method +func (m *Metrics) filterLabels(labels []Label) []Label { + if labels == nil { + return nil + } + toReturn := labels[:0] + for _, label := range labels { + if m.labelIsAllowed(&label) { + toReturn = append(toReturn, label) + } + } + return toReturn +} + +// Returns whether the metric should be allowed based on configured prefix filters +// Also return the applicable labels +func (m *Metrics) allowMetric(key []string, labels []Label) (bool, []Label) { + m.filterLock.RLock() + defer m.filterLock.RUnlock() + + if m.filter == nil || m.filter.Len() == 0 { + return m.Config.FilterDefault, m.filterLabels(labels) + } + + _, allowed, ok := m.filter.Root().LongestPrefix([]byte(strings.Join(key, "."))) + if !ok { + return m.Config.FilterDefault, m.filterLabels(labels) + } + + return allowed.(bool), m.filterLabels(labels) +} + +// Periodically collects runtime stats to publish +func (m *Metrics) collectStats() { + for { + time.Sleep(m.ProfileInterval) + m.emitRuntimeStats() + } +} + +// Emits various runtime statsitics +func (m *Metrics) emitRuntimeStats() { + // Export number of Goroutines + numRoutines := runtime.NumGoroutine() + m.SetGauge([]string{"runtime", "num_goroutines"}, float32(numRoutines)) + + // Export memory stats + var stats runtime.MemStats + runtime.ReadMemStats(&stats) + m.SetGauge([]string{"runtime", "alloc_bytes"}, float32(stats.Alloc)) + m.SetGauge([]string{"runtime", "sys_bytes"}, float32(stats.Sys)) + m.SetGauge([]string{"runtime", "malloc_count"}, float32(stats.Mallocs)) + m.SetGauge([]string{"runtime", "free_count"}, float32(stats.Frees)) + m.SetGauge([]string{"runtime", "heap_objects"}, float32(stats.HeapObjects)) + m.SetGauge([]string{"runtime", "total_gc_pause_ns"}, float32(stats.PauseTotalNs)) + m.SetGauge([]string{"runtime", "total_gc_runs"}, float32(stats.NumGC)) + + // Export info about the last few GC runs + num := stats.NumGC + + // Handle wrap around + if num < m.lastNumGC { + m.lastNumGC = 0 + } + + // Ensure we don't scan more than 256 + if num-m.lastNumGC >= 256 { + m.lastNumGC = num - 255 + } + + for i := m.lastNumGC; i < num; i++ { + pause := stats.PauseNs[i%256] + m.AddSample([]string{"runtime", "gc_pause_ns"}, float32(pause)) + } + m.lastNumGC = num +} + +// Inserts a string value at an index into the slice +func insert(i int, v string, s []string) []string { + s = append(s, "") + copy(s[i+1:], s[i:]) + s[i] = v + return s +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/sink.go b/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/sink.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0b7d6e4be --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/sink.go @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +package metrics + +import ( + "fmt" + "net/url" +) + +// The MetricSink interface is used to transmit metrics information +// to an external system +type MetricSink interface { + // A Gauge should retain the last value it is set to + SetGauge(key []string, val float32) + SetGaugeWithLabels(key []string, val float32, labels []Label) + + // Should emit a Key/Value pair for each call + EmitKey(key []string, val float32) + + // Counters should accumulate values + IncrCounter(key []string, val float32) + IncrCounterWithLabels(key []string, val float32, labels []Label) + + // Samples are for timing information, where quantiles are used + AddSample(key []string, val float32) + AddSampleWithLabels(key []string, val float32, labels []Label) +} + +// BlackholeSink is used to just blackhole messages +type BlackholeSink struct{} + +func (*BlackholeSink) SetGauge(key []string, val float32) {} +func (*BlackholeSink) SetGaugeWithLabels(key []string, val float32, labels []Label) {} +func (*BlackholeSink) EmitKey(key []string, val float32) {} +func (*BlackholeSink) IncrCounter(key []string, val float32) {} +func (*BlackholeSink) IncrCounterWithLabels(key []string, val float32, labels []Label) {} +func (*BlackholeSink) AddSample(key []string, val float32) {} +func (*BlackholeSink) AddSampleWithLabels(key []string, val float32, labels []Label) {} + +// FanoutSink is used to sink to fanout values to multiple sinks +type FanoutSink []MetricSink + +func (fh FanoutSink) SetGauge(key []string, val float32) { + fh.SetGaugeWithLabels(key, val, nil) +} + +func (fh FanoutSink) SetGaugeWithLabels(key []string, val float32, labels []Label) { + for _, s := range fh { + s.SetGaugeWithLabels(key, val, labels) + } +} + +func (fh FanoutSink) EmitKey(key []string, val float32) { + for _, s := range fh { + s.EmitKey(key, val) + } +} + +func (fh FanoutSink) IncrCounter(key []string, val float32) { + fh.IncrCounterWithLabels(key, val, nil) +} + +func (fh FanoutSink) IncrCounterWithLabels(key []string, val float32, labels []Label) { + for _, s := range fh { + s.IncrCounterWithLabels(key, val, labels) + } +} + +func (fh FanoutSink) AddSample(key []string, val float32) { + fh.AddSampleWithLabels(key, val, nil) +} + +func (fh FanoutSink) AddSampleWithLabels(key []string, val float32, labels []Label) { + for _, s := range fh { + s.AddSampleWithLabels(key, val, labels) + } +} + +// sinkURLFactoryFunc is an generic interface around the *SinkFromURL() function provided +// by each sink type +type sinkURLFactoryFunc func(*url.URL) (MetricSink, error) + +// sinkRegistry supports the generic NewMetricSink function by mapping URL +// schemes to metric sink factory functions +var sinkRegistry = map[string]sinkURLFactoryFunc{ + "statsd": NewStatsdSinkFromURL, + "statsite": NewStatsiteSinkFromURL, + "inmem": NewInmemSinkFromURL, +} + +// NewMetricSinkFromURL allows a generic URL input to configure any of the +// supported sinks. The scheme of the URL identifies the type of the sink, the +// and query parameters are used to set options. +// +// "statsd://" - Initializes a StatsdSink. The host and port are passed through +// as the "addr" of the sink +// +// "statsite://" - Initializes a StatsiteSink. The host and port become the +// "addr" of the sink +// +// "inmem://" - Initializes an InmemSink. The host and port are ignored. The +// "interval" and "duration" query parameters must be specified with valid +// durations, see NewInmemSink for details. +func NewMetricSinkFromURL(urlStr string) (MetricSink, error) { + u, err := url.Parse(urlStr) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + sinkURLFactoryFunc := sinkRegistry[u.Scheme] + if sinkURLFactoryFunc == nil { + return nil, fmt.Errorf( + "cannot create metric sink, unrecognized sink name: %q", u.Scheme) + } + + return sinkURLFactoryFunc(u) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/start.go b/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/start.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..32a28c483 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/start.go @@ -0,0 +1,141 @@ +package metrics + +import ( + "os" + "sync" + "sync/atomic" + "time" + + "github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix" +) + +// Config is used to configure metrics settings +type Config struct { + ServiceName string // Prefixed with keys to separate services + HostName string // Hostname to use. If not provided and EnableHostname, it will be os.Hostname + EnableHostname bool // Enable prefixing gauge values with hostname + EnableHostnameLabel bool // Enable adding hostname to labels + EnableServiceLabel bool // Enable adding service to labels + EnableRuntimeMetrics bool // Enables profiling of runtime metrics (GC, Goroutines, Memory) + EnableTypePrefix bool // Prefixes key with a type ("counter", "gauge", "timer") + TimerGranularity time.Duration // Granularity of timers. + ProfileInterval time.Duration // Interval to profile runtime metrics + + AllowedPrefixes []string // A list of metric prefixes to allow, with '.' as the separator + BlockedPrefixes []string // A list of metric prefixes to block, with '.' as the separator + AllowedLabels []string // A list of metric labels to allow, with '.' as the separator + BlockedLabels []string // A list of metric labels to block, with '.' as the separator + FilterDefault bool // Whether to allow metrics by default +} + +// Metrics represents an instance of a metrics sink that can +// be used to emit +type Metrics struct { + Config + lastNumGC uint32 + sink MetricSink + filter *iradix.Tree + allowedLabels map[string]bool + blockedLabels map[string]bool + filterLock sync.RWMutex // Lock filters and allowedLabels/blockedLabels access +} + +// Shared global metrics instance +var globalMetrics atomic.Value // *Metrics + +func init() { + // Initialize to a blackhole sink to avoid errors + globalMetrics.Store(&Metrics{sink: &BlackholeSink{}}) +} + +// DefaultConfig provides a sane default configuration +func DefaultConfig(serviceName string) *Config { + c := &Config{ + ServiceName: serviceName, // Use client provided service + HostName: "", + EnableHostname: true, // Enable hostname prefix + EnableRuntimeMetrics: true, // Enable runtime profiling + EnableTypePrefix: false, // Disable type prefix + TimerGranularity: time.Millisecond, // Timers are in milliseconds + ProfileInterval: time.Second, // Poll runtime every second + FilterDefault: true, // Don't filter metrics by default + } + + // Try to get the hostname + name, _ := os.Hostname() + c.HostName = name + return c +} + +// New is used to create a new instance of Metrics +func New(conf *Config, sink MetricSink) (*Metrics, error) { + met := &Metrics{} + met.Config = *conf + met.sink = sink + met.UpdateFilterAndLabels(conf.AllowedPrefixes, conf.BlockedPrefixes, conf.AllowedLabels, conf.BlockedLabels) + + // Start the runtime collector + if conf.EnableRuntimeMetrics { + go met.collectStats() + } + return met, nil +} + +// NewGlobal is the same as New, but it assigns the metrics object to be +// used globally as well as returning it. +func NewGlobal(conf *Config, sink MetricSink) (*Metrics, error) { + metrics, err := New(conf, sink) + if err == nil { + globalMetrics.Store(metrics) + } + return metrics, err +} + +// Proxy all the methods to the globalMetrics instance +func SetGauge(key []string, val float32) { + globalMetrics.Load().(*Metrics).SetGauge(key, val) +} + +func SetGaugeWithLabels(key []string, val float32, labels []Label) { + globalMetrics.Load().(*Metrics).SetGaugeWithLabels(key, val, labels) +} + +func EmitKey(key []string, val float32) { + globalMetrics.Load().(*Metrics).EmitKey(key, val) +} + +func IncrCounter(key []string, val float32) { + globalMetrics.Load().(*Metrics).IncrCounter(key, val) +} + +func IncrCounterWithLabels(key []string, val float32, labels []Label) { + globalMetrics.Load().(*Metrics).IncrCounterWithLabels(key, val, labels) +} + +func AddSample(key []string, val float32) { + globalMetrics.Load().(*Metrics).AddSample(key, val) +} + +func AddSampleWithLabels(key []string, val float32, labels []Label) { + globalMetrics.Load().(*Metrics).AddSampleWithLabels(key, val, labels) +} + +func MeasureSince(key []string, start time.Time) { + globalMetrics.Load().(*Metrics).MeasureSince(key, start) +} + +func MeasureSinceWithLabels(key []string, start time.Time, labels []Label) { + globalMetrics.Load().(*Metrics).MeasureSinceWithLabels(key, start, labels) +} + +func UpdateFilter(allow, block []string) { + globalMetrics.Load().(*Metrics).UpdateFilter(allow, block) +} + +// UpdateFilterAndLabels set allow/block prefixes of metrics while allowedLabels +// and blockedLabels - when not nil - allow filtering of labels in order to +// block/allow globally labels (especially useful when having large number of +// values for a given label). See README.md for more information about usage. +func UpdateFilterAndLabels(allow, block, allowedLabels, blockedLabels []string) { + globalMetrics.Load().(*Metrics).UpdateFilterAndLabels(allow, block, allowedLabels, blockedLabels) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/statsd.go b/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/statsd.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1bfffce46 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/statsd.go @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +package metrics + +import ( + "bytes" + "fmt" + "log" + "net" + "net/url" + "strings" + "time" +) + +const ( + // statsdMaxLen is the maximum size of a packet + // to send to statsd + statsdMaxLen = 1400 +) + +// StatsdSink provides a MetricSink that can be used +// with a statsite or statsd metrics server. It uses +// only UDP packets, while StatsiteSink uses TCP. +type StatsdSink struct { + addr string + metricQueue chan string +} + +// NewStatsdSinkFromURL creates an StatsdSink from a URL. It is used +// (and tested) from NewMetricSinkFromURL. +func NewStatsdSinkFromURL(u *url.URL) (MetricSink, error) { + return NewStatsdSink(u.Host) +} + +// NewStatsdSink is used to create a new StatsdSink +func NewStatsdSink(addr string) (*StatsdSink, error) { + s := &StatsdSink{ + addr: addr, + metricQueue: make(chan string, 4096), + } + go s.flushMetrics() + return s, nil +} + +// Close is used to stop flushing to statsd +func (s *StatsdSink) Shutdown() { + close(s.metricQueue) +} + +func (s *StatsdSink) SetGauge(key []string, val float32) { + flatKey := s.flattenKey(key) + s.pushMetric(fmt.Sprintf("%s:%f|g\n", flatKey, val)) +} + +func (s *StatsdSink) SetGaugeWithLabels(key []string, val float32, labels []Label) { + flatKey := s.flattenKeyLabels(key, labels) + s.pushMetric(fmt.Sprintf("%s:%f|g\n", flatKey, val)) +} + +func (s *StatsdSink) EmitKey(key []string, val float32) { + flatKey := s.flattenKey(key) + s.pushMetric(fmt.Sprintf("%s:%f|kv\n", flatKey, val)) +} + +func (s *StatsdSink) IncrCounter(key []string, val float32) { + flatKey := s.flattenKey(key) + s.pushMetric(fmt.Sprintf("%s:%f|c\n", flatKey, val)) +} + +func (s *StatsdSink) IncrCounterWithLabels(key []string, val float32, labels []Label) { + flatKey := s.flattenKeyLabels(key, labels) + s.pushMetric(fmt.Sprintf("%s:%f|c\n", flatKey, val)) +} + +func (s *StatsdSink) AddSample(key []string, val float32) { + flatKey := s.flattenKey(key) + s.pushMetric(fmt.Sprintf("%s:%f|ms\n", flatKey, val)) +} + +func (s *StatsdSink) AddSampleWithLabels(key []string, val float32, labels []Label) { + flatKey := s.flattenKeyLabels(key, labels) + s.pushMetric(fmt.Sprintf("%s:%f|ms\n", flatKey, val)) +} + +// Flattens the key for formatting, removes spaces +func (s *StatsdSink) flattenKey(parts []string) string { + joined := strings.Join(parts, ".") + return strings.Map(func(r rune) rune { + switch r { + case ':': + fallthrough + case ' ': + return '_' + default: + return r + } + }, joined) +} + +// Flattens the key along with labels for formatting, removes spaces +func (s *StatsdSink) flattenKeyLabels(parts []string, labels []Label) string { + for _, label := range labels { + parts = append(parts, label.Value) + } + return s.flattenKey(parts) +} + +// Does a non-blocking push to the metrics queue +func (s *StatsdSink) pushMetric(m string) { + select { + case s.metricQueue <- m: + default: + } +} + +// Flushes metrics +func (s *StatsdSink) flushMetrics() { + var sock net.Conn + var err error + var wait <-chan time.Time + ticker := time.NewTicker(flushInterval) + defer ticker.Stop() + +CONNECT: + // Create a buffer + buf := bytes.NewBuffer(nil) + + // Attempt to connect + sock, err = net.Dial("udp", s.addr) + if err != nil { + log.Printf("[ERR] Error connecting to statsd! Err: %s", err) + goto WAIT + } + + for { + select { + case metric, ok := <-s.metricQueue: + // Get a metric from the queue + if !ok { + goto QUIT + } + + // Check if this would overflow the packet size + if len(metric)+buf.Len() > statsdMaxLen { + _, err := sock.Write(buf.Bytes()) + buf.Reset() + if err != nil { + log.Printf("[ERR] Error writing to statsd! Err: %s", err) + goto WAIT + } + } + + // Append to the buffer + buf.WriteString(metric) + + case <-ticker.C: + if buf.Len() == 0 { + continue + } + + _, err := sock.Write(buf.Bytes()) + buf.Reset() + if err != nil { + log.Printf("[ERR] Error flushing to statsd! Err: %s", err) + goto WAIT + } + } + } + +WAIT: + // Wait for a while + wait = time.After(time.Duration(5) * time.Second) + for { + select { + // Dequeue the messages to avoid backlog + case _, ok := <-s.metricQueue: + if !ok { + goto QUIT + } + case <-wait: + goto CONNECT + } + } +QUIT: + s.metricQueue = nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/statsite.go b/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/statsite.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6c0d284d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/armon/go-metrics/statsite.go @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ +package metrics + +import ( + "bufio" + "fmt" + "log" + "net" + "net/url" + "strings" + "time" +) + +const ( + // We force flush the statsite metrics after this period of + // inactivity. Prevents stats from getting stuck in a buffer + // forever. + flushInterval = 100 * time.Millisecond +) + +// NewStatsiteSinkFromURL creates an StatsiteSink from a URL. It is used +// (and tested) from NewMetricSinkFromURL. +func NewStatsiteSinkFromURL(u *url.URL) (MetricSink, error) { + return NewStatsiteSink(u.Host) +} + +// StatsiteSink provides a MetricSink that can be used with a +// statsite metrics server +type StatsiteSink struct { + addr string + metricQueue chan string +} + +// NewStatsiteSink is used to create a new StatsiteSink +func NewStatsiteSink(addr string) (*StatsiteSink, error) { + s := &StatsiteSink{ + addr: addr, + metricQueue: make(chan string, 4096), + } + go s.flushMetrics() + return s, nil +} + +// Close is used to stop flushing to statsite +func (s *StatsiteSink) Shutdown() { + close(s.metricQueue) +} + +func (s *StatsiteSink) SetGauge(key []string, val float32) { + flatKey := s.flattenKey(key) + s.pushMetric(fmt.Sprintf("%s:%f|g\n", flatKey, val)) +} + +func (s *StatsiteSink) SetGaugeWithLabels(key []string, val float32, labels []Label) { + flatKey := s.flattenKeyLabels(key, labels) + s.pushMetric(fmt.Sprintf("%s:%f|g\n", flatKey, val)) +} + +func (s *StatsiteSink) EmitKey(key []string, val float32) { + flatKey := s.flattenKey(key) + s.pushMetric(fmt.Sprintf("%s:%f|kv\n", flatKey, val)) +} + +func (s *StatsiteSink) IncrCounter(key []string, val float32) { + flatKey := s.flattenKey(key) + s.pushMetric(fmt.Sprintf("%s:%f|c\n", flatKey, val)) +} + +func (s *StatsiteSink) IncrCounterWithLabels(key []string, val float32, labels []Label) { + flatKey := s.flattenKeyLabels(key, labels) + s.pushMetric(fmt.Sprintf("%s:%f|c\n", flatKey, val)) +} + +func (s *StatsiteSink) AddSample(key []string, val float32) { + flatKey := s.flattenKey(key) + s.pushMetric(fmt.Sprintf("%s:%f|ms\n", flatKey, val)) +} + +func (s *StatsiteSink) AddSampleWithLabels(key []string, val float32, labels []Label) { + flatKey := s.flattenKeyLabels(key, labels) + s.pushMetric(fmt.Sprintf("%s:%f|ms\n", flatKey, val)) +} + +// Flattens the key for formatting, removes spaces +func (s *StatsiteSink) flattenKey(parts []string) string { + joined := strings.Join(parts, ".") + return strings.Map(func(r rune) rune { + switch r { + case ':': + fallthrough + case ' ': + return '_' + default: + return r + } + }, joined) +} + +// Flattens the key along with labels for formatting, removes spaces +func (s *StatsiteSink) flattenKeyLabels(parts []string, labels []Label) string { + for _, label := range labels { + parts = append(parts, label.Value) + } + return s.flattenKey(parts) +} + +// Does a non-blocking push to the metrics queue +func (s *StatsiteSink) pushMetric(m string) { + select { + case s.metricQueue <- m: + default: + } +} + +// Flushes metrics +func (s *StatsiteSink) flushMetrics() { + var sock net.Conn + var err error + var wait <-chan time.Time + var buffered *bufio.Writer + ticker := time.NewTicker(flushInterval) + defer ticker.Stop() + +CONNECT: + // Attempt to connect + sock, err = net.Dial("tcp", s.addr) + if err != nil { + log.Printf("[ERR] Error connecting to statsite! Err: %s", err) + goto WAIT + } + + // Create a buffered writer + buffered = bufio.NewWriter(sock) + + for { + select { + case metric, ok := <-s.metricQueue: + // Get a metric from the queue + if !ok { + goto QUIT + } + + // Try to send to statsite + _, err := buffered.Write([]byte(metric)) + if err != nil { + log.Printf("[ERR] Error writing to statsite! Err: %s", err) + goto WAIT + } + case <-ticker.C: + if err := buffered.Flush(); err != nil { + log.Printf("[ERR] Error flushing to statsite! Err: %s", err) + goto WAIT + } + } + } + +WAIT: + // Wait for a while + wait = time.After(time.Duration(5) * time.Second) + for { + select { + // Dequeue the messages to avoid backlog + case _, ok := <-s.metricQueue: + if !ok { + goto QUIT + } + case <-wait: + goto CONNECT + } + } +QUIT: + s.metricQueue = nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c33dcc7c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,354 @@ +Mozilla Public License, version 2.0 + +1. Definitions + +1.1. “Contributor” + + means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the + creation of, or owns Covered Software. + +1.2. “Contributor Version” + + means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a + Contributor and that particular Contributor’s Contribution. + +1.3. “Contribution” + + means Covered Software of a particular Contributor. + +1.4. “Covered Software” + + means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the + notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and + Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions + thereof. + +1.5. “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses” + means + + a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in + Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or + + b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version + 1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of a + Secondary License. + +1.6. “Executable Form” + + means any form of the work other than Source Code Form. + +1.7. “Larger Work” + + means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a separate + file or files, that is not Covered Software. + +1.8. “License” + + means this document. + +1.9. “Licensable” + + means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether at the + time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the rights conveyed by + this License. + +1.10. “Modifications” + + means any of the following: + + a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to, deletion + from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or + + b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software. + +1.11. “Patent Claims” of a Contributor + + means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method, process, + and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such Contributor that + would be infringed, but for the grant of the License, by the making, + using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import, or transfer of + either its Contributions or its Contributor Version. + +1.12. “Secondary License” + + means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser + General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public + License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses. + +1.13. “Source Code Form” + + means the form of the work preferred for making modifications. + +1.14. “You” (or “Your”) + + means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this + License. For legal entities, “You” includes any entity that controls, is + controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this + definition, “control” means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause + the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or + otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the + outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity. + + +2. License Grants and Conditions + +2.1. Grants + + Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free, + non-exclusive license: + + a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) + Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available, + modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its + Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or as + part of a Larger Work; and + + b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for + sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its Contributions + or its Contributor Version. + +2.2. Effective Date + + The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution become + effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes + such Contribution. + +2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope + + The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this + License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the distribution + or licensing of Covered Software under this License. Notwithstanding Section + 2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a Contributor: + + a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or + + b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party’s + modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its + Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor + Version); or + + c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its + Contributions. + + This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks, or + logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with the + notice requirements in Section 3.4). + +2.4. Subsequent Licenses + + No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to + distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this License + (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if permitted + under the terms of Section 3.3). + +2.5. Representation + + Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions + are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to grant the + rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License. + +2.6. Fair Use + + This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable + copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other equivalents. + +2.7. Conditions + + Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in + Section 2.1. + + +3. Responsibilities + +3.1. Distribution of Source Form + + All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any + Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under the + terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source Code Form + of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License, and how + they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not attempt to alter or + restrict the recipients’ rights in the Source Code Form. + +3.2. Distribution of Executable Form + + If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then: + + a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form, + as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the + Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by + reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost + of distribution to the recipient; and + + b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License, + or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the license for + the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the recipients’ + rights in the Source Code Form under this License. + +3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work + + You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice, + provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for the + Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered Software + with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the Covered + Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this License permits + You to additionally distribute such Covered Software under the terms of + such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of the Larger Work may, at + their option, further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of + either this License or such Secondary License(s). + +3.4. Notices + + You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including + copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or limitations + of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the Covered + Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the extent + required to remedy known factual inaccuracies. + +3.5. Application of Additional Terms + + You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support, + indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered + Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on behalf + of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any such + warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by You + alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any + liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support, + indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional + disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any + jurisdiction. + +4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation + + If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License + with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute, judicial + order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of this License + to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the limitations and the code + they affect. Such description must be placed in a text file included with all + distributions of the Covered Software under this License. Except to the + extent prohibited by statute or regulation, such description must be + sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to + understand it. + +5. Termination + +5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You + fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant, + then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor + are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor + explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing basis, + if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by some + reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance. + Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an + ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by + some reasonable means, this is the first time You have received notice of + non-compliance with this License from such Contributor, and You become + compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice. + +5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent + infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions, counter-claims, + and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or + indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to You by any and + all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section 2.1 of this License + shall terminate. + +5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user + license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been + validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to + termination shall survive termination. + +6. Disclaimer of Warranty + + Covered Software is provided under this License on an “as is” basis, without + warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory, including, + without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free of defects, + merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing. The entire + risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software is with You. + Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, You (not any + Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, repair, or + correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this + License. No use of any Covered Software is authorized under this License + except under this disclaimer. + +7. Limitation of Liability + + Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including + negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who + distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any + direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any + character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of + goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all + other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been + informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability + shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from such + party’s negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation. + Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or + consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may not apply to You. + +8. Litigation + + Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of + a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of business + and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction, without + reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing in this Section shall + prevent a party’s ability to bring cross-claims or counter-claims. + +9. Miscellaneous + + This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter + hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable, such + provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it + enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a + contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not be used to construe + this License against a Contributor. + + +10. Versions of the License + +10.1. New Versions + + Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section + 10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or + publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a + distinguishing version number. + +10.2. Effect of New Versions + + You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of + the License under which You originally received the Covered Software, or + under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license + steward. + +10.3. Modified Versions + + If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to + create a new license for such software, you may create and use a modified + version of this License if you rename the license and remove any + references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such + modified license differs from this License). + +10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses + If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With + Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of the License, the + notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached. + +Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice + + This Source Code Form is subject to the + terms of the Mozilla Public License, v. + 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not + distributed with this file, You can + obtain one at + http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file, then +You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant +directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a notice. + +You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership. + +Exhibit B - “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses” Notice + + This Source Code Form is “Incompatible + With Secondary Licenses”, as defined by + the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. + diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/NOTICE.md b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/NOTICE.md new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe34b5e57 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/NOTICE.md @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +Copyright © 2014-2018 HashiCorp, Inc. + +This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this project, you can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/README.md b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/README.md new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3255cbb24 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +Consul API client +================= + +This package provides the `api` package which attempts to +provide programmatic access to the full Consul API. + +Currently, all of the Consul APIs included in version 0.6.0 are supported. + +Documentation +============= + +The full documentation is available on [Godoc](https://godoc.org/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api) + +Usage +===== + +Below is an example of using the Consul client: + +```go +package main + +import "github.com/hashicorp/consul/api" +import "fmt" + +func main() { + // Get a new client + client, err := api.NewClient(api.DefaultConfig()) + if err != nil { + panic(err) + } + + // Get a handle to the KV API + kv := client.KV() + + // PUT a new KV pair + p := &api.KVPair{Key: "REDIS_MAXCLIENTS", Value: []byte("1000")} + _, err = kv.Put(p, nil) + if err != nil { + panic(err) + } + + // Lookup the pair + pair, _, err := kv.Get("REDIS_MAXCLIENTS", nil) + if err != nil { + panic(err) + } + fmt.Printf("KV: %v %s\n", pair.Key, pair.Value) +} +``` + +To run this example, start a Consul server: + +```bash +consul agent -dev +``` + +Copy the code above into a file such as `main.go`. + +Install and run. You'll see a key (`REDIS_MAXCLIENTS`) and value (`1000`) printed. + +```bash +$ go get +$ go run main.go +KV: REDIS_MAXCLIENTS 1000 +``` + +After running the code, you can also view the values in the Consul UI on your local machine at http://localhost:8500/ui/dc1/kv diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/acl.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/acl.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8ec9aa585 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/acl.go @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ +package api + +import ( + "time" +) + +const ( + // ACLClientType is the client type token + ACLClientType = "client" + + // ACLManagementType is the management type token + ACLManagementType = "management" +) + +// ACLEntry is used to represent an ACL entry +type ACLEntry struct { + CreateIndex uint64 + ModifyIndex uint64 + ID string + Name string + Type string + Rules string +} + +// ACLReplicationStatus is used to represent the status of ACL replication. +type ACLReplicationStatus struct { + Enabled bool + Running bool + SourceDatacenter string + ReplicatedIndex uint64 + LastSuccess time.Time + LastError time.Time +} + +// ACL can be used to query the ACL endpoints +type ACL struct { + c *Client +} + +// ACL returns a handle to the ACL endpoints +func (c *Client) ACL() *ACL { + return &ACL{c} +} + +// Bootstrap is used to perform a one-time ACL bootstrap operation on a cluster +// to get the first management token. +func (a *ACL) Bootstrap() (string, *WriteMeta, error) { + r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/acl/bootstrap") + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return "", nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + wm := &WriteMeta{RequestTime: rtt} + var out struct{ ID string } + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return "", nil, err + } + return out.ID, wm, nil +} + +// Create is used to generate a new token with the given parameters +func (a *ACL) Create(acl *ACLEntry, q *WriteOptions) (string, *WriteMeta, error) { + r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/acl/create") + r.setWriteOptions(q) + r.obj = acl + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return "", nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + wm := &WriteMeta{RequestTime: rtt} + var out struct{ ID string } + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return "", nil, err + } + return out.ID, wm, nil +} + +// Update is used to update the rules of an existing token +func (a *ACL) Update(acl *ACLEntry, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) { + r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/acl/update") + r.setWriteOptions(q) + r.obj = acl + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + wm := &WriteMeta{RequestTime: rtt} + return wm, nil +} + +// Destroy is used to destroy a given ACL token ID +func (a *ACL) Destroy(id string, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) { + r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/acl/destroy/"+id) + r.setWriteOptions(q) + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + resp.Body.Close() + + wm := &WriteMeta{RequestTime: rtt} + return wm, nil +} + +// Clone is used to return a new token cloned from an existing one +func (a *ACL) Clone(id string, q *WriteOptions) (string, *WriteMeta, error) { + r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/acl/clone/"+id) + r.setWriteOptions(q) + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return "", nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + wm := &WriteMeta{RequestTime: rtt} + var out struct{ ID string } + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return "", nil, err + } + return out.ID, wm, nil +} + +// Info is used to query for information about an ACL token +func (a *ACL) Info(id string, q *QueryOptions) (*ACLEntry, *QueryMeta, error) { + r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/acl/info/"+id) + r.setQueryOptions(q) + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + qm := &QueryMeta{} + parseQueryMeta(resp, qm) + qm.RequestTime = rtt + + var entries []*ACLEntry + if err := decodeBody(resp, &entries); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if len(entries) > 0 { + return entries[0], qm, nil + } + return nil, qm, nil +} + +// List is used to get all the ACL tokens +func (a *ACL) List(q *QueryOptions) ([]*ACLEntry, *QueryMeta, error) { + r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/acl/list") + r.setQueryOptions(q) + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + qm := &QueryMeta{} + parseQueryMeta(resp, qm) + qm.RequestTime = rtt + + var entries []*ACLEntry + if err := decodeBody(resp, &entries); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + return entries, qm, nil +} + +// Replication returns the status of the ACL replication process in the datacenter +func (a *ACL) Replication(q *QueryOptions) (*ACLReplicationStatus, *QueryMeta, error) { + r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/acl/replication") + r.setQueryOptions(q) + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + qm := &QueryMeta{} + parseQueryMeta(resp, qm) + qm.RequestTime = rtt + + var entries *ACLReplicationStatus + if err := decodeBody(resp, &entries); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + return entries, qm, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/agent.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/agent.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8cb81fc84 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/agent.go @@ -0,0 +1,791 @@ +package api + +import ( + "bufio" + "fmt" +) + +// ServiceKind is the kind of service being registered. +type ServiceKind string + +const ( + // ServiceKindTypical is a typical, classic Consul service. This is + // represented by the absence of a value. This was chosen for ease of + // backwards compatibility: existing services in the catalog would + // default to the typical service. + ServiceKindTypical ServiceKind = "" + + // ServiceKindConnectProxy is a proxy for the Connect feature. This + // service proxies another service within Consul and speaks the connect + // protocol. + ServiceKindConnectProxy ServiceKind = "connect-proxy" +) + +// ProxyExecMode is the execution mode for a managed Connect proxy. +type ProxyExecMode string + +const ( + // ProxyExecModeDaemon indicates that the proxy command should be long-running + // and should be started and supervised by the agent until it's target service + // is deregistered. + ProxyExecModeDaemon ProxyExecMode = "daemon" + + // ProxyExecModeScript indicates that the proxy command should be invoke to + // completion on each change to the configuration of lifecycle event. The + // script typically fetches the config and certificates from the agent API and + // then configures an externally managed daemon, perhaps starting and stopping + // it if necessary. + ProxyExecModeScript ProxyExecMode = "script" +) + +// AgentCheck represents a check known to the agent +type AgentCheck struct { + Node string + CheckID string + Name string + Status string + Notes string + Output string + ServiceID string + ServiceName string + Definition HealthCheckDefinition +} + +// AgentService represents a service known to the agent +type AgentService struct { + Kind ServiceKind + ID string + Service string + Tags []string + Meta map[string]string + Port int + Address string + EnableTagOverride bool + CreateIndex uint64 + ModifyIndex uint64 + ProxyDestination string + Connect *AgentServiceConnect +} + +// AgentServiceConnect represents the Connect configuration of a service. +type AgentServiceConnect struct { + Native bool + Proxy *AgentServiceConnectProxy +} + +// AgentServiceConnectProxy represents the Connect Proxy configuration of a +// service. +type AgentServiceConnectProxy struct { + ExecMode ProxyExecMode + Command []string + Config map[string]interface{} +} + +// AgentMember represents a cluster member known to the agent +type AgentMember struct { + Name string + Addr string + Port uint16 + Tags map[string]string + Status int + ProtocolMin uint8 + ProtocolMax uint8 + ProtocolCur uint8 + DelegateMin uint8 + DelegateMax uint8 + DelegateCur uint8 +} + +// AllSegments is used to select for all segments in MembersOpts. +const AllSegments = "_all" + +// MembersOpts is used for querying member information. +type MembersOpts struct { + // WAN is whether to show members from the WAN. + WAN bool + + // Segment is the LAN segment to show members for. Setting this to the + // AllSegments value above will show members in all segments. + Segment string +} + +// AgentServiceRegistration is used to register a new service +type AgentServiceRegistration struct { + Kind ServiceKind `json:",omitempty"` + ID string `json:",omitempty"` + Name string `json:",omitempty"` + Tags []string `json:",omitempty"` + Port int `json:",omitempty"` + Address string `json:",omitempty"` + EnableTagOverride bool `json:",omitempty"` + Meta map[string]string `json:",omitempty"` + Check *AgentServiceCheck + Checks AgentServiceChecks + ProxyDestination string `json:",omitempty"` + Connect *AgentServiceConnect `json:",omitempty"` +} + +// AgentCheckRegistration is used to register a new check +type AgentCheckRegistration struct { + ID string `json:",omitempty"` + Name string `json:",omitempty"` + Notes string `json:",omitempty"` + ServiceID string `json:",omitempty"` + AgentServiceCheck +} + +// AgentServiceCheck is used to define a node or service level check +type AgentServiceCheck struct { + CheckID string `json:",omitempty"` + Name string `json:",omitempty"` + Args []string `json:"ScriptArgs,omitempty"` + DockerContainerID string `json:",omitempty"` + Shell string `json:",omitempty"` // Only supported for Docker. + Interval string `json:",omitempty"` + Timeout string `json:",omitempty"` + TTL string `json:",omitempty"` + HTTP string `json:",omitempty"` + Header map[string][]string `json:",omitempty"` + Method string `json:",omitempty"` + TCP string `json:",omitempty"` + Status string `json:",omitempty"` + Notes string `json:",omitempty"` + TLSSkipVerify bool `json:",omitempty"` + GRPC string `json:",omitempty"` + GRPCUseTLS bool `json:",omitempty"` + + // In Consul 0.7 and later, checks that are associated with a service + // may also contain this optional DeregisterCriticalServiceAfter field, + // which is a timeout in the same Go time format as Interval and TTL. If + // a check is in the critical state for more than this configured value, + // then its associated service (and all of its associated checks) will + // automatically be deregistered. + DeregisterCriticalServiceAfter string `json:",omitempty"` +} +type AgentServiceChecks []*AgentServiceCheck + +// AgentToken is used when updating ACL tokens for an agent. +type AgentToken struct { + Token string +} + +// Metrics info is used to store different types of metric values from the agent. +type MetricsInfo struct { + Timestamp string + Gauges []GaugeValue + Points []PointValue + Counters []SampledValue + Samples []SampledValue +} + +// GaugeValue stores one value that is updated as time goes on, such as +// the amount of memory allocated. +type GaugeValue struct { + Name string + Value float32 + Labels map[string]string +} + +// PointValue holds a series of points for a metric. +type PointValue struct { + Name string + Points []float32 +} + +// SampledValue stores info about a metric that is incremented over time, +// such as the number of requests to an HTTP endpoint. +type SampledValue struct { + Name string + Count int + Sum float64 + Min float64 + Max float64 + Mean float64 + Stddev float64 + Labels map[string]string +} + +// AgentAuthorizeParams are the request parameters for authorizing a request. +type AgentAuthorizeParams struct { + Target string + ClientCertURI string + ClientCertSerial string +} + +// AgentAuthorize is the response structure for Connect authorization. +type AgentAuthorize struct { + Authorized bool + Reason string +} + +// ConnectProxyConfig is the response structure for agent-local proxy +// configuration. +type ConnectProxyConfig struct { + ProxyServiceID string + TargetServiceID string + TargetServiceName string + ContentHash string + ExecMode ProxyExecMode + Command []string + Config map[string]interface{} +} + +// Agent can be used to query the Agent endpoints +type Agent struct { + c *Client + + // cache the node name + nodeName string +} + +// Agent returns a handle to the agent endpoints +func (c *Client) Agent() *Agent { + return &Agent{c: c} +} + +// Self is used to query the agent we are speaking to for +// information about itself +func (a *Agent) Self() (map[string]map[string]interface{}, error) { + r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/agent/self") + _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + var out map[string]map[string]interface{} + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return out, nil +} + +// Metrics is used to query the agent we are speaking to for +// its current internal metric data +func (a *Agent) Metrics() (*MetricsInfo, error) { + r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/agent/metrics") + _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + var out *MetricsInfo + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return out, nil +} + +// Reload triggers a configuration reload for the agent we are connected to. +func (a *Agent) Reload() error { + r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/reload") + _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return err + } + resp.Body.Close() + return nil +} + +// NodeName is used to get the node name of the agent +func (a *Agent) NodeName() (string, error) { + if a.nodeName != "" { + return a.nodeName, nil + } + info, err := a.Self() + if err != nil { + return "", err + } + name := info["Config"]["NodeName"].(string) + a.nodeName = name + return name, nil +} + +// Checks returns the locally registered checks +func (a *Agent) Checks() (map[string]*AgentCheck, error) { + r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/agent/checks") + _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + var out map[string]*AgentCheck + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return out, nil +} + +// Services returns the locally registered services +func (a *Agent) Services() (map[string]*AgentService, error) { + r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/agent/services") + _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + var out map[string]*AgentService + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + return out, nil +} + +// Members returns the known gossip members. The WAN +// flag can be used to query a server for WAN members. +func (a *Agent) Members(wan bool) ([]*AgentMember, error) { + r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/agent/members") + if wan { + r.params.Set("wan", "1") + } + _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + var out []*AgentMember + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return out, nil +} + +// MembersOpts returns the known gossip members and can be passed +// additional options for WAN/segment filtering. +func (a *Agent) MembersOpts(opts MembersOpts) ([]*AgentMember, error) { + r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/agent/members") + r.params.Set("segment", opts.Segment) + if opts.WAN { + r.params.Set("wan", "1") + } + + _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + var out []*AgentMember + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return out, nil +} + +// ServiceRegister is used to register a new service with +// the local agent +func (a *Agent) ServiceRegister(service *AgentServiceRegistration) error { + r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/service/register") + r.obj = service + _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return err + } + resp.Body.Close() + return nil +} + +// ServiceDeregister is used to deregister a service with +// the local agent +func (a *Agent) ServiceDeregister(serviceID string) error { + r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/service/deregister/"+serviceID) + _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return err + } + resp.Body.Close() + return nil +} + +// PassTTL is used to set a TTL check to the passing state. +// +// DEPRECATION NOTICE: This interface is deprecated in favor of UpdateTTL(). +// The client interface will be removed in 0.8 or changed to use +// UpdateTTL()'s endpoint and the server endpoints will be removed in 0.9. +func (a *Agent) PassTTL(checkID, note string) error { + return a.updateTTL(checkID, note, "pass") +} + +// WarnTTL is used to set a TTL check to the warning state. +// +// DEPRECATION NOTICE: This interface is deprecated in favor of UpdateTTL(). +// The client interface will be removed in 0.8 or changed to use +// UpdateTTL()'s endpoint and the server endpoints will be removed in 0.9. +func (a *Agent) WarnTTL(checkID, note string) error { + return a.updateTTL(checkID, note, "warn") +} + +// FailTTL is used to set a TTL check to the failing state. +// +// DEPRECATION NOTICE: This interface is deprecated in favor of UpdateTTL(). +// The client interface will be removed in 0.8 or changed to use +// UpdateTTL()'s endpoint and the server endpoints will be removed in 0.9. +func (a *Agent) FailTTL(checkID, note string) error { + return a.updateTTL(checkID, note, "fail") +} + +// updateTTL is used to update the TTL of a check. This is the internal +// method that uses the old API that's present in Consul versions prior to +// 0.6.4. Since Consul didn't have an analogous "update" API before it seemed +// ok to break this (former) UpdateTTL in favor of the new UpdateTTL below, +// but keep the old Pass/Warn/Fail methods using the old API under the hood. +// +// DEPRECATION NOTICE: This interface is deprecated in favor of UpdateTTL(). +// The client interface will be removed in 0.8 and the server endpoints will +// be removed in 0.9. +func (a *Agent) updateTTL(checkID, note, status string) error { + switch status { + case "pass": + case "warn": + case "fail": + default: + return fmt.Errorf("Invalid status: %s", status) + } + endpoint := fmt.Sprintf("/v1/agent/check/%s/%s", status, checkID) + r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", endpoint) + r.params.Set("note", note) + _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return err + } + resp.Body.Close() + return nil +} + +// checkUpdate is the payload for a PUT for a check update. +type checkUpdate struct { + // Status is one of the api.Health* states: HealthPassing + // ("passing"), HealthWarning ("warning"), or HealthCritical + // ("critical"). + Status string + + // Output is the information to post to the UI for operators as the + // output of the process that decided to hit the TTL check. This is + // different from the note field that's associated with the check + // itself. + Output string +} + +// UpdateTTL is used to update the TTL of a check. This uses the newer API +// that was introduced in Consul 0.6.4 and later. We translate the old status +// strings for compatibility (though a newer version of Consul will still be +// required to use this API). +func (a *Agent) UpdateTTL(checkID, output, status string) error { + switch status { + case "pass", HealthPassing: + status = HealthPassing + case "warn", HealthWarning: + status = HealthWarning + case "fail", HealthCritical: + status = HealthCritical + default: + return fmt.Errorf("Invalid status: %s", status) + } + + endpoint := fmt.Sprintf("/v1/agent/check/update/%s", checkID) + r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", endpoint) + r.obj = &checkUpdate{ + Status: status, + Output: output, + } + + _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return err + } + resp.Body.Close() + return nil +} + +// CheckRegister is used to register a new check with +// the local agent +func (a *Agent) CheckRegister(check *AgentCheckRegistration) error { + r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/check/register") + r.obj = check + _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return err + } + resp.Body.Close() + return nil +} + +// CheckDeregister is used to deregister a check with +// the local agent +func (a *Agent) CheckDeregister(checkID string) error { + r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/check/deregister/"+checkID) + _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return err + } + resp.Body.Close() + return nil +} + +// Join is used to instruct the agent to attempt a join to +// another cluster member +func (a *Agent) Join(addr string, wan bool) error { + r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/join/"+addr) + if wan { + r.params.Set("wan", "1") + } + _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return err + } + resp.Body.Close() + return nil +} + +// Leave is used to have the agent gracefully leave the cluster and shutdown +func (a *Agent) Leave() error { + r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/leave") + _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return err + } + resp.Body.Close() + return nil +} + +// ForceLeave is used to have the agent eject a failed node +func (a *Agent) ForceLeave(node string) error { + r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/force-leave/"+node) + _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return err + } + resp.Body.Close() + return nil +} + +// ConnectAuthorize is used to authorize an incoming connection +// to a natively integrated Connect service. +func (a *Agent) ConnectAuthorize(auth *AgentAuthorizeParams) (*AgentAuthorize, error) { + r := a.c.newRequest("POST", "/v1/agent/connect/authorize") + r.obj = auth + _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + var out AgentAuthorize + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return &out, nil +} + +// ConnectCARoots returns the list of roots. +func (a *Agent) ConnectCARoots(q *QueryOptions) (*CARootList, *QueryMeta, error) { + r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/agent/connect/ca/roots") + r.setQueryOptions(q) + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + qm := &QueryMeta{} + parseQueryMeta(resp, qm) + qm.RequestTime = rtt + + var out CARootList + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + return &out, qm, nil +} + +// ConnectCALeaf gets the leaf certificate for the given service ID. +func (a *Agent) ConnectCALeaf(serviceID string, q *QueryOptions) (*LeafCert, *QueryMeta, error) { + r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/agent/connect/ca/leaf/"+serviceID) + r.setQueryOptions(q) + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + qm := &QueryMeta{} + parseQueryMeta(resp, qm) + qm.RequestTime = rtt + + var out LeafCert + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + return &out, qm, nil +} + +// ConnectProxyConfig gets the configuration for a local managed proxy instance. +// +// Note that this uses an unconventional blocking mechanism since it's +// agent-local state. That means there is no persistent raft index so we block +// based on object hash instead. +func (a *Agent) ConnectProxyConfig(proxyServiceID string, q *QueryOptions) (*ConnectProxyConfig, *QueryMeta, error) { + r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/agent/connect/proxy/"+proxyServiceID) + r.setQueryOptions(q) + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + qm := &QueryMeta{} + parseQueryMeta(resp, qm) + qm.RequestTime = rtt + + var out ConnectProxyConfig + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + return &out, qm, nil +} + +// EnableServiceMaintenance toggles service maintenance mode on +// for the given service ID. +func (a *Agent) EnableServiceMaintenance(serviceID, reason string) error { + r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/service/maintenance/"+serviceID) + r.params.Set("enable", "true") + r.params.Set("reason", reason) + _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return err + } + resp.Body.Close() + return nil +} + +// DisableServiceMaintenance toggles service maintenance mode off +// for the given service ID. +func (a *Agent) DisableServiceMaintenance(serviceID string) error { + r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/service/maintenance/"+serviceID) + r.params.Set("enable", "false") + _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return err + } + resp.Body.Close() + return nil +} + +// EnableNodeMaintenance toggles node maintenance mode on for the +// agent we are connected to. +func (a *Agent) EnableNodeMaintenance(reason string) error { + r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/maintenance") + r.params.Set("enable", "true") + r.params.Set("reason", reason) + _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return err + } + resp.Body.Close() + return nil +} + +// DisableNodeMaintenance toggles node maintenance mode off for the +// agent we are connected to. +func (a *Agent) DisableNodeMaintenance() error { + r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/maintenance") + r.params.Set("enable", "false") + _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return err + } + resp.Body.Close() + return nil +} + +// Monitor returns a channel which will receive streaming logs from the agent +// Providing a non-nil stopCh can be used to close the connection and stop the +// log stream. An empty string will be sent down the given channel when there's +// nothing left to stream, after which the caller should close the stopCh. +func (a *Agent) Monitor(loglevel string, stopCh <-chan struct{}, q *QueryOptions) (chan string, error) { + r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/agent/monitor") + r.setQueryOptions(q) + if loglevel != "" { + r.params.Add("loglevel", loglevel) + } + _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + logCh := make(chan string, 64) + go func() { + defer resp.Body.Close() + + scanner := bufio.NewScanner(resp.Body) + for { + select { + case <-stopCh: + close(logCh) + return + default: + } + if scanner.Scan() { + // An empty string signals to the caller that + // the scan is done, so make sure we only emit + // that when the scanner says it's done, not if + // we happen to ingest an empty line. + if text := scanner.Text(); text != "" { + logCh <- text + } else { + logCh <- " " + } + } else { + logCh <- "" + } + } + }() + + return logCh, nil +} + +// UpdateACLToken updates the agent's "acl_token". See updateToken for more +// details. +func (a *Agent) UpdateACLToken(token string, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) { + return a.updateToken("acl_token", token, q) +} + +// UpdateACLAgentToken updates the agent's "acl_agent_token". See updateToken +// for more details. +func (a *Agent) UpdateACLAgentToken(token string, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) { + return a.updateToken("acl_agent_token", token, q) +} + +// UpdateACLAgentMasterToken updates the agent's "acl_agent_master_token". See +// updateToken for more details. +func (a *Agent) UpdateACLAgentMasterToken(token string, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) { + return a.updateToken("acl_agent_master_token", token, q) +} + +// UpdateACLReplicationToken updates the agent's "acl_replication_token". See +// updateToken for more details. +func (a *Agent) UpdateACLReplicationToken(token string, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) { + return a.updateToken("acl_replication_token", token, q) +} + +// updateToken can be used to update an agent's ACL token after the agent has +// started. The tokens are not persisted, so will need to be updated again if +// the agent is restarted. +func (a *Agent) updateToken(target, token string, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) { + r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/v1/agent/token/%s", target)) + r.setWriteOptions(q) + r.obj = &AgentToken{Token: token} + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + resp.Body.Close() + + wm := &WriteMeta{RequestTime: rtt} + return wm, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/api.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/api.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..649238302 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/api.go @@ -0,0 +1,839 @@ +package api + +import ( + "bytes" + "context" + "crypto/tls" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "io" + "io/ioutil" + "log" + "net" + "net/http" + "net/url" + "os" + "strconv" + "strings" + "time" + + "github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp" + "github.com/hashicorp/go-rootcerts" +) + +const ( + // HTTPAddrEnvName defines an environment variable name which sets + // the HTTP address if there is no -http-addr specified. + HTTPAddrEnvName = "CONSUL_HTTP_ADDR" + + // HTTPTokenEnvName defines an environment variable name which sets + // the HTTP token. + HTTPTokenEnvName = "CONSUL_HTTP_TOKEN" + + // HTTPAuthEnvName defines an environment variable name which sets + // the HTTP authentication header. + HTTPAuthEnvName = "CONSUL_HTTP_AUTH" + + // HTTPSSLEnvName defines an environment variable name which sets + // whether or not to use HTTPS. + HTTPSSLEnvName = "CONSUL_HTTP_SSL" + + // HTTPCAFile defines an environment variable name which sets the + // CA file to use for talking to Consul over TLS. + HTTPCAFile = "CONSUL_CACERT" + + // HTTPCAPath defines an environment variable name which sets the + // path to a directory of CA certs to use for talking to Consul over TLS. + HTTPCAPath = "CONSUL_CAPATH" + + // HTTPClientCert defines an environment variable name which sets the + // client cert file to use for talking to Consul over TLS. + HTTPClientCert = "CONSUL_CLIENT_CERT" + + // HTTPClientKey defines an environment variable name which sets the + // client key file to use for talking to Consul over TLS. + HTTPClientKey = "CONSUL_CLIENT_KEY" + + // HTTPTLSServerName defines an environment variable name which sets the + // server name to use as the SNI host when connecting via TLS + HTTPTLSServerName = "CONSUL_TLS_SERVER_NAME" + + // HTTPSSLVerifyEnvName defines an environment variable name which sets + // whether or not to disable certificate checking. + HTTPSSLVerifyEnvName = "CONSUL_HTTP_SSL_VERIFY" +) + +// QueryOptions are used to parameterize a query +type QueryOptions struct { + // Providing a datacenter overwrites the DC provided + // by the Config + Datacenter string + + // AllowStale allows any Consul server (non-leader) to service + // a read. This allows for lower latency and higher throughput + AllowStale bool + + // RequireConsistent forces the read to be fully consistent. + // This is more expensive but prevents ever performing a stale + // read. + RequireConsistent bool + + // WaitIndex is used to enable a blocking query. Waits + // until the timeout or the next index is reached + WaitIndex uint64 + + // WaitHash is used by some endpoints instead of WaitIndex to perform blocking + // on state based on a hash of the response rather than a monotonic index. + // This is required when the state being blocked on is not stored in Raft, for + // example agent-local proxy configuration. + WaitHash string + + // WaitTime is used to bound the duration of a wait. + // Defaults to that of the Config, but can be overridden. + WaitTime time.Duration + + // Token is used to provide a per-request ACL token + // which overrides the agent's default token. + Token string + + // Near is used to provide a node name that will sort the results + // in ascending order based on the estimated round trip time from + // that node. Setting this to "_agent" will use the agent's node + // for the sort. + Near string + + // NodeMeta is used to filter results by nodes with the given + // metadata key/value pairs. Currently, only one key/value pair can + // be provided for filtering. + NodeMeta map[string]string + + // RelayFactor is used in keyring operations to cause responses to be + // relayed back to the sender through N other random nodes. Must be + // a value from 0 to 5 (inclusive). + RelayFactor uint8 + + // Connect filters prepared query execution to only include Connect-capable + // services. This currently affects prepared query execution. + Connect bool + + // ctx is an optional context pass through to the underlying HTTP + // request layer. Use Context() and WithContext() to manage this. + ctx context.Context +} + +func (o *QueryOptions) Context() context.Context { + if o != nil && o.ctx != nil { + return o.ctx + } + return context.Background() +} + +func (o *QueryOptions) WithContext(ctx context.Context) *QueryOptions { + o2 := new(QueryOptions) + if o != nil { + *o2 = *o + } + o2.ctx = ctx + return o2 +} + +// WriteOptions are used to parameterize a write +type WriteOptions struct { + // Providing a datacenter overwrites the DC provided + // by the Config + Datacenter string + + // Token is used to provide a per-request ACL token + // which overrides the agent's default token. + Token string + + // RelayFactor is used in keyring operations to cause responses to be + // relayed back to the sender through N other random nodes. Must be + // a value from 0 to 5 (inclusive). + RelayFactor uint8 + + // ctx is an optional context pass through to the underlying HTTP + // request layer. Use Context() and WithContext() to manage this. + ctx context.Context +} + +func (o *WriteOptions) Context() context.Context { + if o != nil && o.ctx != nil { + return o.ctx + } + return context.Background() +} + +func (o *WriteOptions) WithContext(ctx context.Context) *WriteOptions { + o2 := new(WriteOptions) + if o != nil { + *o2 = *o + } + o2.ctx = ctx + return o2 +} + +// QueryMeta is used to return meta data about a query +type QueryMeta struct { + // LastIndex. This can be used as a WaitIndex to perform + // a blocking query + LastIndex uint64 + + // LastContentHash. This can be used as a WaitHash to perform a blocking query + // for endpoints that support hash-based blocking. Endpoints that do not + // support it will return an empty hash. + LastContentHash string + + // Time of last contact from the leader for the + // server servicing the request + LastContact time.Duration + + // Is there a known leader + KnownLeader bool + + // How long did the request take + RequestTime time.Duration + + // Is address translation enabled for HTTP responses on this agent + AddressTranslationEnabled bool +} + +// WriteMeta is used to return meta data about a write +type WriteMeta struct { + // How long did the request take + RequestTime time.Duration +} + +// HttpBasicAuth is used to authenticate http client with HTTP Basic Authentication +type HttpBasicAuth struct { + // Username to use for HTTP Basic Authentication + Username string + + // Password to use for HTTP Basic Authentication + Password string +} + +// Config is used to configure the creation of a client +type Config struct { + // Address is the address of the Consul server + Address string + + // Scheme is the URI scheme for the Consul server + Scheme string + + // Datacenter to use. If not provided, the default agent datacenter is used. + Datacenter string + + // Transport is the Transport to use for the http client. + Transport *http.Transport + + // HttpClient is the client to use. Default will be + // used if not provided. + HttpClient *http.Client + + // HttpAuth is the auth info to use for http access. + HttpAuth *HttpBasicAuth + + // WaitTime limits how long a Watch will block. If not provided, + // the agent default values will be used. + WaitTime time.Duration + + // Token is used to provide a per-request ACL token + // which overrides the agent's default token. + Token string + + TLSConfig TLSConfig +} + +// TLSConfig is used to generate a TLSClientConfig that's useful for talking to +// Consul using TLS. +type TLSConfig struct { + // Address is the optional address of the Consul server. The port, if any + // will be removed from here and this will be set to the ServerName of the + // resulting config. + Address string + + // CAFile is the optional path to the CA certificate used for Consul + // communication, defaults to the system bundle if not specified. + CAFile string + + // CAPath is the optional path to a directory of CA certificates to use for + // Consul communication, defaults to the system bundle if not specified. + CAPath string + + // CertFile is the optional path to the certificate for Consul + // communication. If this is set then you need to also set KeyFile. + CertFile string + + // KeyFile is the optional path to the private key for Consul communication. + // If this is set then you need to also set CertFile. + KeyFile string + + // InsecureSkipVerify if set to true will disable TLS host verification. + InsecureSkipVerify bool +} + +// DefaultConfig returns a default configuration for the client. By default this +// will pool and reuse idle connections to Consul. If you have a long-lived +// client object, this is the desired behavior and should make the most efficient +// use of the connections to Consul. If you don't reuse a client object , which +// is not recommended, then you may notice idle connections building up over +// time. To avoid this, use the DefaultNonPooledConfig() instead. +func DefaultConfig() *Config { + return defaultConfig(cleanhttp.DefaultPooledTransport) +} + +// DefaultNonPooledConfig returns a default configuration for the client which +// does not pool connections. This isn't a recommended configuration because it +// will reconnect to Consul on every request, but this is useful to avoid the +// accumulation of idle connections if you make many client objects during the +// lifetime of your application. +func DefaultNonPooledConfig() *Config { + return defaultConfig(cleanhttp.DefaultTransport) +} + +// defaultConfig returns the default configuration for the client, using the +// given function to make the transport. +func defaultConfig(transportFn func() *http.Transport) *Config { + config := &Config{ + Address: "127.0.0.1:8500", + Scheme: "http", + Transport: transportFn(), + } + + if addr := os.Getenv(HTTPAddrEnvName); addr != "" { + config.Address = addr + } + + if token := os.Getenv(HTTPTokenEnvName); token != "" { + config.Token = token + } + + if auth := os.Getenv(HTTPAuthEnvName); auth != "" { + var username, password string + if strings.Contains(auth, ":") { + split := strings.SplitN(auth, ":", 2) + username = split[0] + password = split[1] + } else { + username = auth + } + + config.HttpAuth = &HttpBasicAuth{ + Username: username, + Password: password, + } + } + + if ssl := os.Getenv(HTTPSSLEnvName); ssl != "" { + enabled, err := strconv.ParseBool(ssl) + if err != nil { + log.Printf("[WARN] client: could not parse %s: %s", HTTPSSLEnvName, err) + } + + if enabled { + config.Scheme = "https" + } + } + + if v := os.Getenv(HTTPTLSServerName); v != "" { + config.TLSConfig.Address = v + } + if v := os.Getenv(HTTPCAFile); v != "" { + config.TLSConfig.CAFile = v + } + if v := os.Getenv(HTTPCAPath); v != "" { + config.TLSConfig.CAPath = v + } + if v := os.Getenv(HTTPClientCert); v != "" { + config.TLSConfig.CertFile = v + } + if v := os.Getenv(HTTPClientKey); v != "" { + config.TLSConfig.KeyFile = v + } + if v := os.Getenv(HTTPSSLVerifyEnvName); v != "" { + doVerify, err := strconv.ParseBool(v) + if err != nil { + log.Printf("[WARN] client: could not parse %s: %s", HTTPSSLVerifyEnvName, err) + } + if !doVerify { + config.TLSConfig.InsecureSkipVerify = true + } + } + + return config +} + +// TLSConfig is used to generate a TLSClientConfig that's useful for talking to +// Consul using TLS. +func SetupTLSConfig(tlsConfig *TLSConfig) (*tls.Config, error) { + tlsClientConfig := &tls.Config{ + InsecureSkipVerify: tlsConfig.InsecureSkipVerify, + } + + if tlsConfig.Address != "" { + server := tlsConfig.Address + hasPort := strings.LastIndex(server, ":") > strings.LastIndex(server, "]") + if hasPort { + var err error + server, _, err = net.SplitHostPort(server) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + } + tlsClientConfig.ServerName = server + } + + if tlsConfig.CertFile != "" && tlsConfig.KeyFile != "" { + tlsCert, err := tls.LoadX509KeyPair(tlsConfig.CertFile, tlsConfig.KeyFile) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + tlsClientConfig.Certificates = []tls.Certificate{tlsCert} + } + + if tlsConfig.CAFile != "" || tlsConfig.CAPath != "" { + rootConfig := &rootcerts.Config{ + CAFile: tlsConfig.CAFile, + CAPath: tlsConfig.CAPath, + } + if err := rootcerts.ConfigureTLS(tlsClientConfig, rootConfig); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + } + + return tlsClientConfig, nil +} + +func (c *Config) GenerateEnv() []string { + env := make([]string, 0, 10) + + env = append(env, + fmt.Sprintf("%s=%s", HTTPAddrEnvName, c.Address), + fmt.Sprintf("%s=%s", HTTPTokenEnvName, c.Token), + fmt.Sprintf("%s=%t", HTTPSSLEnvName, c.Scheme == "https"), + fmt.Sprintf("%s=%s", HTTPCAFile, c.TLSConfig.CAFile), + fmt.Sprintf("%s=%s", HTTPCAPath, c.TLSConfig.CAPath), + fmt.Sprintf("%s=%s", HTTPClientCert, c.TLSConfig.CertFile), + fmt.Sprintf("%s=%s", HTTPClientKey, c.TLSConfig.KeyFile), + fmt.Sprintf("%s=%s", HTTPTLSServerName, c.TLSConfig.Address), + fmt.Sprintf("%s=%t", HTTPSSLVerifyEnvName, !c.TLSConfig.InsecureSkipVerify)) + + if c.HttpAuth != nil { + env = append(env, fmt.Sprintf("%s=%s:%s", HTTPAuthEnvName, c.HttpAuth.Username, c.HttpAuth.Password)) + } else { + env = append(env, fmt.Sprintf("%s=", HTTPAuthEnvName)) + } + + return env +} + +// Client provides a client to the Consul API +type Client struct { + config Config +} + +// NewClient returns a new client +func NewClient(config *Config) (*Client, error) { + // bootstrap the config + defConfig := DefaultConfig() + + if len(config.Address) == 0 { + config.Address = defConfig.Address + } + + if len(config.Scheme) == 0 { + config.Scheme = defConfig.Scheme + } + + if config.Transport == nil { + config.Transport = defConfig.Transport + } + + if config.TLSConfig.Address == "" { + config.TLSConfig.Address = defConfig.TLSConfig.Address + } + + if config.TLSConfig.CAFile == "" { + config.TLSConfig.CAFile = defConfig.TLSConfig.CAFile + } + + if config.TLSConfig.CAPath == "" { + config.TLSConfig.CAPath = defConfig.TLSConfig.CAPath + } + + if config.TLSConfig.CertFile == "" { + config.TLSConfig.CertFile = defConfig.TLSConfig.CertFile + } + + if config.TLSConfig.KeyFile == "" { + config.TLSConfig.KeyFile = defConfig.TLSConfig.KeyFile + } + + if !config.TLSConfig.InsecureSkipVerify { + config.TLSConfig.InsecureSkipVerify = defConfig.TLSConfig.InsecureSkipVerify + } + + if config.HttpClient == nil { + var err error + config.HttpClient, err = NewHttpClient(config.Transport, config.TLSConfig) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + } + + parts := strings.SplitN(config.Address, "://", 2) + if len(parts) == 2 { + switch parts[0] { + case "http": + config.Scheme = "http" + case "https": + config.Scheme = "https" + case "unix": + trans := cleanhttp.DefaultTransport() + trans.DialContext = func(_ context.Context, _, _ string) (net.Conn, error) { + return net.Dial("unix", parts[1]) + } + config.HttpClient = &http.Client{ + Transport: trans, + } + default: + return nil, fmt.Errorf("Unknown protocol scheme: %s", parts[0]) + } + config.Address = parts[1] + } + + if config.Token == "" { + config.Token = defConfig.Token + } + + return &Client{config: *config}, nil +} + +// NewHttpClient returns an http client configured with the given Transport and TLS +// config. +func NewHttpClient(transport *http.Transport, tlsConf TLSConfig) (*http.Client, error) { + client := &http.Client{ + Transport: transport, + } + + // TODO (slackpad) - Once we get some run time on the HTTP/2 support we + // should turn it on by default if TLS is enabled. We would basically + // just need to call http2.ConfigureTransport(transport) here. We also + // don't want to introduce another external dependency on + // golang.org/x/net/http2 at this time. For a complete recipe for how + // to enable HTTP/2 support on a transport suitable for the API client + // library see agent/http_test.go:TestHTTPServer_H2. + + if transport.TLSClientConfig == nil { + tlsClientConfig, err := SetupTLSConfig(&tlsConf) + + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + transport.TLSClientConfig = tlsClientConfig + } + + return client, nil +} + +// request is used to help build up a request +type request struct { + config *Config + method string + url *url.URL + params url.Values + body io.Reader + header http.Header + obj interface{} + ctx context.Context +} + +// setQueryOptions is used to annotate the request with +// additional query options +func (r *request) setQueryOptions(q *QueryOptions) { + if q == nil { + return + } + if q.Datacenter != "" { + r.params.Set("dc", q.Datacenter) + } + if q.AllowStale { + r.params.Set("stale", "") + } + if q.RequireConsistent { + r.params.Set("consistent", "") + } + if q.WaitIndex != 0 { + r.params.Set("index", strconv.FormatUint(q.WaitIndex, 10)) + } + if q.WaitTime != 0 { + r.params.Set("wait", durToMsec(q.WaitTime)) + } + if q.WaitHash != "" { + r.params.Set("hash", q.WaitHash) + } + if q.Token != "" { + r.header.Set("X-Consul-Token", q.Token) + } + if q.Near != "" { + r.params.Set("near", q.Near) + } + if len(q.NodeMeta) > 0 { + for key, value := range q.NodeMeta { + r.params.Add("node-meta", key+":"+value) + } + } + if q.RelayFactor != 0 { + r.params.Set("relay-factor", strconv.Itoa(int(q.RelayFactor))) + } + if q.Connect { + r.params.Set("connect", "true") + } + r.ctx = q.ctx +} + +// durToMsec converts a duration to a millisecond specified string. If the +// user selected a positive value that rounds to 0 ms, then we will use 1 ms +// so they get a short delay, otherwise Consul will translate the 0 ms into +// a huge default delay. +func durToMsec(dur time.Duration) string { + ms := dur / time.Millisecond + if dur > 0 && ms == 0 { + ms = 1 + } + return fmt.Sprintf("%dms", ms) +} + +// serverError is a string we look for to detect 500 errors. +const serverError = "Unexpected response code: 500" + +// IsRetryableError returns true for 500 errors from the Consul servers, and +// network connection errors. These are usually retryable at a later time. +// This applies to reads but NOT to writes. This may return true for errors +// on writes that may have still gone through, so do not use this to retry +// any write operations. +func IsRetryableError(err error) bool { + if err == nil { + return false + } + + if _, ok := err.(net.Error); ok { + return true + } + + // TODO (slackpad) - Make a real error type here instead of using + // a string check. + return strings.Contains(err.Error(), serverError) +} + +// setWriteOptions is used to annotate the request with +// additional write options +func (r *request) setWriteOptions(q *WriteOptions) { + if q == nil { + return + } + if q.Datacenter != "" { + r.params.Set("dc", q.Datacenter) + } + if q.Token != "" { + r.header.Set("X-Consul-Token", q.Token) + } + if q.RelayFactor != 0 { + r.params.Set("relay-factor", strconv.Itoa(int(q.RelayFactor))) + } + r.ctx = q.ctx +} + +// toHTTP converts the request to an HTTP request +func (r *request) toHTTP() (*http.Request, error) { + // Encode the query parameters + r.url.RawQuery = r.params.Encode() + + // Check if we should encode the body + if r.body == nil && r.obj != nil { + b, err := encodeBody(r.obj) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + r.body = b + } + + // Create the HTTP request + req, err := http.NewRequest(r.method, r.url.RequestURI(), r.body) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + req.URL.Host = r.url.Host + req.URL.Scheme = r.url.Scheme + req.Host = r.url.Host + req.Header = r.header + + // Setup auth + if r.config.HttpAuth != nil { + req.SetBasicAuth(r.config.HttpAuth.Username, r.config.HttpAuth.Password) + } + if r.ctx != nil { + return req.WithContext(r.ctx), nil + } + + return req, nil +} + +// newRequest is used to create a new request +func (c *Client) newRequest(method, path string) *request { + r := &request{ + config: &c.config, + method: method, + url: &url.URL{ + Scheme: c.config.Scheme, + Host: c.config.Address, + Path: path, + }, + params: make(map[string][]string), + header: make(http.Header), + } + if c.config.Datacenter != "" { + r.params.Set("dc", c.config.Datacenter) + } + if c.config.WaitTime != 0 { + r.params.Set("wait", durToMsec(r.config.WaitTime)) + } + if c.config.Token != "" { + r.header.Set("X-Consul-Token", r.config.Token) + } + return r +} + +// doRequest runs a request with our client +func (c *Client) doRequest(r *request) (time.Duration, *http.Response, error) { + req, err := r.toHTTP() + if err != nil { + return 0, nil, err + } + start := time.Now() + resp, err := c.config.HttpClient.Do(req) + diff := time.Since(start) + return diff, resp, err +} + +// Query is used to do a GET request against an endpoint +// and deserialize the response into an interface using +// standard Consul conventions. +func (c *Client) query(endpoint string, out interface{}, q *QueryOptions) (*QueryMeta, error) { + r := c.newRequest("GET", endpoint) + r.setQueryOptions(q) + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + qm := &QueryMeta{} + parseQueryMeta(resp, qm) + qm.RequestTime = rtt + + if err := decodeBody(resp, out); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return qm, nil +} + +// write is used to do a PUT request against an endpoint +// and serialize/deserialized using the standard Consul conventions. +func (c *Client) write(endpoint string, in, out interface{}, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) { + r := c.newRequest("PUT", endpoint) + r.setWriteOptions(q) + r.obj = in + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + wm := &WriteMeta{RequestTime: rtt} + if out != nil { + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + } else if _, err := ioutil.ReadAll(resp.Body); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return wm, nil +} + +// parseQueryMeta is used to help parse query meta-data +func parseQueryMeta(resp *http.Response, q *QueryMeta) error { + header := resp.Header + + // Parse the X-Consul-Index (if it's set - hash based blocking queries don't + // set this) + if indexStr := header.Get("X-Consul-Index"); indexStr != "" { + index, err := strconv.ParseUint(indexStr, 10, 64) + if err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("Failed to parse X-Consul-Index: %v", err) + } + q.LastIndex = index + } + q.LastContentHash = header.Get("X-Consul-ContentHash") + + // Parse the X-Consul-LastContact + last, err := strconv.ParseUint(header.Get("X-Consul-LastContact"), 10, 64) + if err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("Failed to parse X-Consul-LastContact: %v", err) + } + q.LastContact = time.Duration(last) * time.Millisecond + + // Parse the X-Consul-KnownLeader + switch header.Get("X-Consul-KnownLeader") { + case "true": + q.KnownLeader = true + default: + q.KnownLeader = false + } + + // Parse X-Consul-Translate-Addresses + switch header.Get("X-Consul-Translate-Addresses") { + case "true": + q.AddressTranslationEnabled = true + default: + q.AddressTranslationEnabled = false + } + + return nil +} + +// decodeBody is used to JSON decode a body +func decodeBody(resp *http.Response, out interface{}) error { + dec := json.NewDecoder(resp.Body) + return dec.Decode(out) +} + +// encodeBody is used to encode a request body +func encodeBody(obj interface{}) (io.Reader, error) { + buf := bytes.NewBuffer(nil) + enc := json.NewEncoder(buf) + if err := enc.Encode(obj); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return buf, nil +} + +// requireOK is used to wrap doRequest and check for a 200 +func requireOK(d time.Duration, resp *http.Response, e error) (time.Duration, *http.Response, error) { + if e != nil { + if resp != nil { + resp.Body.Close() + } + return d, nil, e + } + if resp.StatusCode != 200 { + var buf bytes.Buffer + io.Copy(&buf, resp.Body) + resp.Body.Close() + return d, nil, fmt.Errorf("Unexpected response code: %d (%s)", resp.StatusCode, buf.Bytes()) + } + return d, resp, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/catalog.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/catalog.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1a6bbc3b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/catalog.go @@ -0,0 +1,213 @@ +package api + +type Node struct { + ID string + Node string + Address string + Datacenter string + TaggedAddresses map[string]string + Meta map[string]string + CreateIndex uint64 + ModifyIndex uint64 +} + +type CatalogService struct { + ID string + Node string + Address string + Datacenter string + TaggedAddresses map[string]string + NodeMeta map[string]string + ServiceID string + ServiceName string + ServiceAddress string + ServiceTags []string + ServiceMeta map[string]string + ServicePort int + ServiceEnableTagOverride bool + CreateIndex uint64 + ModifyIndex uint64 +} + +type CatalogNode struct { + Node *Node + Services map[string]*AgentService +} + +type CatalogRegistration struct { + ID string + Node string + Address string + TaggedAddresses map[string]string + NodeMeta map[string]string + Datacenter string + Service *AgentService + Check *AgentCheck + SkipNodeUpdate bool +} + +type CatalogDeregistration struct { + Node string + Address string // Obsolete. + Datacenter string + ServiceID string + CheckID string +} + +// Catalog can be used to query the Catalog endpoints +type Catalog struct { + c *Client +} + +// Catalog returns a handle to the catalog endpoints +func (c *Client) Catalog() *Catalog { + return &Catalog{c} +} + +func (c *Catalog) Register(reg *CatalogRegistration, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) { + r := c.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/catalog/register") + r.setWriteOptions(q) + r.obj = reg + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + resp.Body.Close() + + wm := &WriteMeta{} + wm.RequestTime = rtt + + return wm, nil +} + +func (c *Catalog) Deregister(dereg *CatalogDeregistration, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) { + r := c.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/catalog/deregister") + r.setWriteOptions(q) + r.obj = dereg + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + resp.Body.Close() + + wm := &WriteMeta{} + wm.RequestTime = rtt + + return wm, nil +} + +// Datacenters is used to query for all the known datacenters +func (c *Catalog) Datacenters() ([]string, error) { + r := c.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/catalog/datacenters") + _, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + var out []string + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return out, nil +} + +// Nodes is used to query all the known nodes +func (c *Catalog) Nodes(q *QueryOptions) ([]*Node, *QueryMeta, error) { + r := c.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/catalog/nodes") + r.setQueryOptions(q) + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + qm := &QueryMeta{} + parseQueryMeta(resp, qm) + qm.RequestTime = rtt + + var out []*Node + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + return out, qm, nil +} + +// Services is used to query for all known services +func (c *Catalog) Services(q *QueryOptions) (map[string][]string, *QueryMeta, error) { + r := c.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/catalog/services") + r.setQueryOptions(q) + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + qm := &QueryMeta{} + parseQueryMeta(resp, qm) + qm.RequestTime = rtt + + var out map[string][]string + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + return out, qm, nil +} + +// Service is used to query catalog entries for a given service +func (c *Catalog) Service(service, tag string, q *QueryOptions) ([]*CatalogService, *QueryMeta, error) { + return c.service(service, tag, q, false) +} + +// Connect is used to query catalog entries for a given Connect-enabled service +func (c *Catalog) Connect(service, tag string, q *QueryOptions) ([]*CatalogService, *QueryMeta, error) { + return c.service(service, tag, q, true) +} + +func (c *Catalog) service(service, tag string, q *QueryOptions, connect bool) ([]*CatalogService, *QueryMeta, error) { + path := "/v1/catalog/service/" + service + if connect { + path = "/v1/catalog/connect/" + service + } + r := c.c.newRequest("GET", path) + r.setQueryOptions(q) + if tag != "" { + r.params.Set("tag", tag) + } + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + qm := &QueryMeta{} + parseQueryMeta(resp, qm) + qm.RequestTime = rtt + + var out []*CatalogService + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + return out, qm, nil +} + +// Node is used to query for service information about a single node +func (c *Catalog) Node(node string, q *QueryOptions) (*CatalogNode, *QueryMeta, error) { + r := c.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/catalog/node/"+node) + r.setQueryOptions(q) + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + qm := &QueryMeta{} + parseQueryMeta(resp, qm) + qm.RequestTime = rtt + + var out *CatalogNode + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + return out, qm, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/connect.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/connect.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a40d1e232 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/connect.go @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +package api + +// Connect can be used to work with endpoints related to Connect, the +// feature for securely connecting services within Consul. +type Connect struct { + c *Client +} + +// Connect returns a handle to the connect-related endpoints +func (c *Client) Connect() *Connect { + return &Connect{c} +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/connect_ca.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/connect_ca.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a863d21d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/connect_ca.go @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ +package api + +import ( + "fmt" + "time" + + "github.com/mitchellh/mapstructure" +) + +// CAConfig is the structure for the Connect CA configuration. +type CAConfig struct { + // Provider is the CA provider implementation to use. + Provider string + + // Configuration is arbitrary configuration for the provider. This + // should only contain primitive values and containers (such as lists + // and maps). + Config map[string]interface{} + + CreateIndex uint64 + ModifyIndex uint64 +} + +// CommonCAProviderConfig is the common options available to all CA providers. +type CommonCAProviderConfig struct { + LeafCertTTL time.Duration +} + +// ConsulCAProviderConfig is the config for the built-in Consul CA provider. +type ConsulCAProviderConfig struct { + CommonCAProviderConfig `mapstructure:",squash"` + + PrivateKey string + RootCert string + RotationPeriod time.Duration +} + +// ParseConsulCAConfig takes a raw config map and returns a parsed +// ConsulCAProviderConfig. +func ParseConsulCAConfig(raw map[string]interface{}) (*ConsulCAProviderConfig, error) { + var config ConsulCAProviderConfig + decodeConf := &mapstructure.DecoderConfig{ + DecodeHook: mapstructure.StringToTimeDurationHookFunc(), + ErrorUnused: true, + Result: &config, + WeaklyTypedInput: true, + } + + decoder, err := mapstructure.NewDecoder(decodeConf) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + if err := decoder.Decode(raw); err != nil { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("error decoding config: %s", err) + } + + return &config, nil +} + +// CARootList is the structure for the results of listing roots. +type CARootList struct { + ActiveRootID string + TrustDomain string + Roots []*CARoot +} + +// CARoot represents a root CA certificate that is trusted. +type CARoot struct { + // ID is a globally unique ID (UUID) representing this CA root. + ID string + + // Name is a human-friendly name for this CA root. This value is + // opaque to Consul and is not used for anything internally. + Name string + + // RootCertPEM is the PEM-encoded public certificate. + RootCertPEM string `json:"RootCert"` + + // Active is true if this is the current active CA. This must only + // be true for exactly one CA. For any method that modifies roots in the + // state store, tests should be written to verify that multiple roots + // cannot be active. + Active bool + + CreateIndex uint64 + ModifyIndex uint64 +} + +// LeafCert is a certificate that has been issued by a Connect CA. +type LeafCert struct { + // SerialNumber is the unique serial number for this certificate. + // This is encoded in standard hex separated by :. + SerialNumber string + + // CertPEM and PrivateKeyPEM are the PEM-encoded certificate and private + // key for that cert, respectively. This should not be stored in the + // state store, but is present in the sign API response. + CertPEM string `json:",omitempty"` + PrivateKeyPEM string `json:",omitempty"` + + // Service is the name of the service for which the cert was issued. + // ServiceURI is the cert URI value. + Service string + ServiceURI string + + // ValidAfter and ValidBefore are the validity periods for the + // certificate. + ValidAfter time.Time + ValidBefore time.Time + + CreateIndex uint64 + ModifyIndex uint64 +} + +// CARoots queries the list of available roots. +func (h *Connect) CARoots(q *QueryOptions) (*CARootList, *QueryMeta, error) { + r := h.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/connect/ca/roots") + r.setQueryOptions(q) + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(h.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + qm := &QueryMeta{} + parseQueryMeta(resp, qm) + qm.RequestTime = rtt + + var out CARootList + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + return &out, qm, nil +} + +// CAGetConfig returns the current CA configuration. +func (h *Connect) CAGetConfig(q *QueryOptions) (*CAConfig, *QueryMeta, error) { + r := h.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/connect/ca/configuration") + r.setQueryOptions(q) + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(h.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + qm := &QueryMeta{} + parseQueryMeta(resp, qm) + qm.RequestTime = rtt + + var out CAConfig + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + return &out, qm, nil +} + +// CASetConfig sets the current CA configuration. +func (h *Connect) CASetConfig(conf *CAConfig, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) { + r := h.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/connect/ca/configuration") + r.setWriteOptions(q) + r.obj = conf + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(h.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + wm := &WriteMeta{} + wm.RequestTime = rtt + return wm, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/connect_intention.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/connect_intention.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a996c03e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/connect_intention.go @@ -0,0 +1,302 @@ +package api + +import ( + "bytes" + "fmt" + "io" + "time" +) + +// Intention defines an intention for the Connect Service Graph. This defines +// the allowed or denied behavior of a connection between two services using +// Connect. +type Intention struct { + // ID is the UUID-based ID for the intention, always generated by Consul. + ID string + + // Description is a human-friendly description of this intention. + // It is opaque to Consul and is only stored and transferred in API + // requests. + Description string + + // SourceNS, SourceName are the namespace and name, respectively, of + // the source service. Either of these may be the wildcard "*", but only + // the full value can be a wildcard. Partial wildcards are not allowed. + // The source may also be a non-Consul service, as specified by SourceType. + // + // DestinationNS, DestinationName is the same, but for the destination + // service. The same rules apply. The destination is always a Consul + // service. + SourceNS, SourceName string + DestinationNS, DestinationName string + + // SourceType is the type of the value for the source. + SourceType IntentionSourceType + + // Action is whether this is a whitelist or blacklist intention. + Action IntentionAction + + // DefaultAddr, DefaultPort of the local listening proxy (if any) to + // make this connection. + DefaultAddr string + DefaultPort int + + // Meta is arbitrary metadata associated with the intention. This is + // opaque to Consul but is served in API responses. + Meta map[string]string + + // Precedence is the order that the intention will be applied, with + // larger numbers being applied first. This is a read-only field, on + // any intention update it is updated. + Precedence int + + // CreatedAt and UpdatedAt keep track of when this record was created + // or modified. + CreatedAt, UpdatedAt time.Time + + CreateIndex uint64 + ModifyIndex uint64 +} + +// String returns human-friendly output describing ths intention. +func (i *Intention) String() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("%s => %s (%s)", + i.SourceString(), + i.DestinationString(), + i.Action) +} + +// SourceString returns the namespace/name format for the source, or +// just "name" if the namespace is the default namespace. +func (i *Intention) SourceString() string { + return i.partString(i.SourceNS, i.SourceName) +} + +// DestinationString returns the namespace/name format for the source, or +// just "name" if the namespace is the default namespace. +func (i *Intention) DestinationString() string { + return i.partString(i.DestinationNS, i.DestinationName) +} + +func (i *Intention) partString(ns, n string) string { + // For now we omit the default namespace from the output. In the future + // we might want to look at this and show this in a multi-namespace world. + if ns != "" && ns != IntentionDefaultNamespace { + n = ns + "/" + n + } + + return n +} + +// IntentionDefaultNamespace is the default namespace value. +const IntentionDefaultNamespace = "default" + +// IntentionAction is the action that the intention represents. This +// can be "allow" or "deny" to whitelist or blacklist intentions. +type IntentionAction string + +const ( + IntentionActionAllow IntentionAction = "allow" + IntentionActionDeny IntentionAction = "deny" +) + +// IntentionSourceType is the type of the source within an intention. +type IntentionSourceType string + +const ( + // IntentionSourceConsul is a service within the Consul catalog. + IntentionSourceConsul IntentionSourceType = "consul" +) + +// IntentionMatch are the arguments for the intention match API. +type IntentionMatch struct { + By IntentionMatchType + Names []string +} + +// IntentionMatchType is the target for a match request. For example, +// matching by source will look for all intentions that match the given +// source value. +type IntentionMatchType string + +const ( + IntentionMatchSource IntentionMatchType = "source" + IntentionMatchDestination IntentionMatchType = "destination" +) + +// IntentionCheck are the arguments for the intention check API. For +// more documentation see the IntentionCheck function. +type IntentionCheck struct { + // Source and Destination are the source and destination values to + // check. The destination is always a Consul service, but the source + // may be other values as defined by the SourceType. + Source, Destination string + + // SourceType is the type of the value for the source. + SourceType IntentionSourceType +} + +// Intentions returns the list of intentions. +func (h *Connect) Intentions(q *QueryOptions) ([]*Intention, *QueryMeta, error) { + r := h.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/connect/intentions") + r.setQueryOptions(q) + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(h.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + qm := &QueryMeta{} + parseQueryMeta(resp, qm) + qm.RequestTime = rtt + + var out []*Intention + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + return out, qm, nil +} + +// IntentionGet retrieves a single intention. +func (h *Connect) IntentionGet(id string, q *QueryOptions) (*Intention, *QueryMeta, error) { + r := h.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/connect/intentions/"+id) + r.setQueryOptions(q) + rtt, resp, err := h.c.doRequest(r) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + qm := &QueryMeta{} + parseQueryMeta(resp, qm) + qm.RequestTime = rtt + + if resp.StatusCode == 404 { + return nil, qm, nil + } else if resp.StatusCode != 200 { + var buf bytes.Buffer + io.Copy(&buf, resp.Body) + return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf( + "Unexpected response %d: %s", resp.StatusCode, buf.String()) + } + + var out Intention + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + return &out, qm, nil +} + +// IntentionDelete deletes a single intention. +func (h *Connect) IntentionDelete(id string, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) { + r := h.c.newRequest("DELETE", "/v1/connect/intentions/"+id) + r.setWriteOptions(q) + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(h.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + qm := &WriteMeta{} + qm.RequestTime = rtt + + return qm, nil +} + +// IntentionMatch returns the list of intentions that match a given source +// or destination. The returned intentions are ordered by precedence where +// result[0] is the highest precedence (if that matches, then that rule overrides +// all other rules). +// +// Matching can be done for multiple names at the same time. The resulting +// map is keyed by the given names. Casing is preserved. +func (h *Connect) IntentionMatch(args *IntentionMatch, q *QueryOptions) (map[string][]*Intention, *QueryMeta, error) { + r := h.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/connect/intentions/match") + r.setQueryOptions(q) + r.params.Set("by", string(args.By)) + for _, name := range args.Names { + r.params.Add("name", name) + } + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(h.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + qm := &QueryMeta{} + parseQueryMeta(resp, qm) + qm.RequestTime = rtt + + var out map[string][]*Intention + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + return out, qm, nil +} + +// IntentionCheck returns whether a given source/destination would be allowed +// or not given the current set of intentions and the configuration of Consul. +func (h *Connect) IntentionCheck(args *IntentionCheck, q *QueryOptions) (bool, *QueryMeta, error) { + r := h.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/connect/intentions/check") + r.setQueryOptions(q) + r.params.Set("source", args.Source) + r.params.Set("destination", args.Destination) + if args.SourceType != "" { + r.params.Set("source-type", string(args.SourceType)) + } + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(h.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return false, nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + qm := &QueryMeta{} + parseQueryMeta(resp, qm) + qm.RequestTime = rtt + + var out struct{ Allowed bool } + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return false, nil, err + } + return out.Allowed, qm, nil +} + +// IntentionCreate will create a new intention. The ID in the given +// structure must be empty and a generate ID will be returned on +// success. +func (c *Connect) IntentionCreate(ixn *Intention, q *WriteOptions) (string, *WriteMeta, error) { + r := c.c.newRequest("POST", "/v1/connect/intentions") + r.setWriteOptions(q) + r.obj = ixn + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return "", nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + wm := &WriteMeta{} + wm.RequestTime = rtt + + var out struct{ ID string } + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return "", nil, err + } + return out.ID, wm, nil +} + +// IntentionUpdate will update an existing intention. The ID in the given +// structure must be non-empty. +func (c *Connect) IntentionUpdate(ixn *Intention, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) { + r := c.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/connect/intentions/"+ixn.ID) + r.setWriteOptions(q) + r.obj = ixn + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + wm := &WriteMeta{} + wm.RequestTime = rtt + return wm, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/coordinate.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/coordinate.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..53318f11d --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/coordinate.go @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +package api + +import ( + "github.com/hashicorp/serf/coordinate" +) + +// CoordinateEntry represents a node and its associated network coordinate. +type CoordinateEntry struct { + Node string + Segment string + Coord *coordinate.Coordinate +} + +// CoordinateDatacenterMap has the coordinates for servers in a given datacenter +// and area. Network coordinates are only compatible within the same area. +type CoordinateDatacenterMap struct { + Datacenter string + AreaID string + Coordinates []CoordinateEntry +} + +// Coordinate can be used to query the coordinate endpoints +type Coordinate struct { + c *Client +} + +// Coordinate returns a handle to the coordinate endpoints +func (c *Client) Coordinate() *Coordinate { + return &Coordinate{c} +} + +// Datacenters is used to return the coordinates of all the servers in the WAN +// pool. +func (c *Coordinate) Datacenters() ([]*CoordinateDatacenterMap, error) { + r := c.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/coordinate/datacenters") + _, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + var out []*CoordinateDatacenterMap + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return out, nil +} + +// Nodes is used to return the coordinates of all the nodes in the LAN pool. +func (c *Coordinate) Nodes(q *QueryOptions) ([]*CoordinateEntry, *QueryMeta, error) { + r := c.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/coordinate/nodes") + r.setQueryOptions(q) + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + qm := &QueryMeta{} + parseQueryMeta(resp, qm) + qm.RequestTime = rtt + + var out []*CoordinateEntry + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + return out, qm, nil +} + +// Update inserts or updates the LAN coordinate of a node. +func (c *Coordinate) Update(coord *CoordinateEntry, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) { + r := c.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/coordinate/update") + r.setWriteOptions(q) + r.obj = coord + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + wm := &WriteMeta{} + wm.RequestTime = rtt + + return wm, nil +} + +// Node is used to return the coordinates of a single in the LAN pool. +func (c *Coordinate) Node(node string, q *QueryOptions) ([]*CoordinateEntry, *QueryMeta, error) { + r := c.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/coordinate/node/"+node) + r.setQueryOptions(q) + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + qm := &QueryMeta{} + parseQueryMeta(resp, qm) + qm.RequestTime = rtt + + var out []*CoordinateEntry + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + return out, qm, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/event.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/event.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..85b5b069b --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/event.go @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +package api + +import ( + "bytes" + "strconv" +) + +// Event can be used to query the Event endpoints +type Event struct { + c *Client +} + +// UserEvent represents an event that was fired by the user +type UserEvent struct { + ID string + Name string + Payload []byte + NodeFilter string + ServiceFilter string + TagFilter string + Version int + LTime uint64 +} + +// Event returns a handle to the event endpoints +func (c *Client) Event() *Event { + return &Event{c} +} + +// Fire is used to fire a new user event. Only the Name, Payload and Filters +// are respected. This returns the ID or an associated error. Cross DC requests +// are supported. +func (e *Event) Fire(params *UserEvent, q *WriteOptions) (string, *WriteMeta, error) { + r := e.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/event/fire/"+params.Name) + r.setWriteOptions(q) + if params.NodeFilter != "" { + r.params.Set("node", params.NodeFilter) + } + if params.ServiceFilter != "" { + r.params.Set("service", params.ServiceFilter) + } + if params.TagFilter != "" { + r.params.Set("tag", params.TagFilter) + } + if params.Payload != nil { + r.body = bytes.NewReader(params.Payload) + } + + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(e.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return "", nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + wm := &WriteMeta{RequestTime: rtt} + var out UserEvent + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return "", nil, err + } + return out.ID, wm, nil +} + +// List is used to get the most recent events an agent has received. +// This list can be optionally filtered by the name. This endpoint supports +// quasi-blocking queries. The index is not monotonic, nor does it provide provide +// LastContact or KnownLeader. +func (e *Event) List(name string, q *QueryOptions) ([]*UserEvent, *QueryMeta, error) { + r := e.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/event/list") + r.setQueryOptions(q) + if name != "" { + r.params.Set("name", name) + } + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(e.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + qm := &QueryMeta{} + parseQueryMeta(resp, qm) + qm.RequestTime = rtt + + var entries []*UserEvent + if err := decodeBody(resp, &entries); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + return entries, qm, nil +} + +// IDToIndex is a bit of a hack. This simulates the index generation to +// convert an event ID into a WaitIndex. +func (e *Event) IDToIndex(uuid string) uint64 { + lower := uuid[0:8] + uuid[9:13] + uuid[14:18] + upper := uuid[19:23] + uuid[24:36] + lowVal, err := strconv.ParseUint(lower, 16, 64) + if err != nil { + panic("Failed to convert " + lower) + } + highVal, err := strconv.ParseUint(upper, 16, 64) + if err != nil { + panic("Failed to convert " + upper) + } + return lowVal ^ highVal +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/health.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/health.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1835da559 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/health.go @@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ +package api + +import ( + "fmt" + "strings" +) + +const ( + // HealthAny is special, and is used as a wild card, + // not as a specific state. + HealthAny = "any" + HealthPassing = "passing" + HealthWarning = "warning" + HealthCritical = "critical" + HealthMaint = "maintenance" +) + +const ( + // NodeMaint is the special key set by a node in maintenance mode. + NodeMaint = "_node_maintenance" + + // ServiceMaintPrefix is the prefix for a service in maintenance mode. + ServiceMaintPrefix = "_service_maintenance:" +) + +// HealthCheck is used to represent a single check +type HealthCheck struct { + Node string + CheckID string + Name string + Status string + Notes string + Output string + ServiceID string + ServiceName string + ServiceTags []string + + Definition HealthCheckDefinition +} + +// HealthCheckDefinition is used to store the details about +// a health check's execution. +type HealthCheckDefinition struct { + HTTP string + Header map[string][]string + Method string + TLSSkipVerify bool + TCP string + Interval ReadableDuration + Timeout ReadableDuration + DeregisterCriticalServiceAfter ReadableDuration +} + +// HealthChecks is a collection of HealthCheck structs. +type HealthChecks []*HealthCheck + +// AggregatedStatus returns the "best" status for the list of health checks. +// Because a given entry may have many service and node-level health checks +// attached, this function determines the best representative of the status as +// as single string using the following heuristic: +// +// maintenance > critical > warning > passing +// +func (c HealthChecks) AggregatedStatus() string { + var passing, warning, critical, maintenance bool + for _, check := range c { + id := string(check.CheckID) + if id == NodeMaint || strings.HasPrefix(id, ServiceMaintPrefix) { + maintenance = true + continue + } + + switch check.Status { + case HealthPassing: + passing = true + case HealthWarning: + warning = true + case HealthCritical: + critical = true + default: + return "" + } + } + + switch { + case maintenance: + return HealthMaint + case critical: + return HealthCritical + case warning: + return HealthWarning + case passing: + return HealthPassing + default: + return HealthPassing + } +} + +// ServiceEntry is used for the health service endpoint +type ServiceEntry struct { + Node *Node + Service *AgentService + Checks HealthChecks +} + +// Health can be used to query the Health endpoints +type Health struct { + c *Client +} + +// Health returns a handle to the health endpoints +func (c *Client) Health() *Health { + return &Health{c} +} + +// Node is used to query for checks belonging to a given node +func (h *Health) Node(node string, q *QueryOptions) (HealthChecks, *QueryMeta, error) { + r := h.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/health/node/"+node) + r.setQueryOptions(q) + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(h.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + qm := &QueryMeta{} + parseQueryMeta(resp, qm) + qm.RequestTime = rtt + + var out HealthChecks + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + return out, qm, nil +} + +// Checks is used to return the checks associated with a service +func (h *Health) Checks(service string, q *QueryOptions) (HealthChecks, *QueryMeta, error) { + r := h.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/health/checks/"+service) + r.setQueryOptions(q) + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(h.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + qm := &QueryMeta{} + parseQueryMeta(resp, qm) + qm.RequestTime = rtt + + var out HealthChecks + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + return out, qm, nil +} + +// Service is used to query health information along with service info +// for a given service. It can optionally do server-side filtering on a tag +// or nodes with passing health checks only. +func (h *Health) Service(service, tag string, passingOnly bool, q *QueryOptions) ([]*ServiceEntry, *QueryMeta, error) { + return h.service(service, tag, passingOnly, q, false) +} + +// Connect is equivalent to Service except that it will only return services +// which are Connect-enabled and will returns the connection address for Connect +// client's to use which may be a proxy in front of the named service. If +// passingOnly is true only instances where both the service and any proxy are +// healthy will be returned. +func (h *Health) Connect(service, tag string, passingOnly bool, q *QueryOptions) ([]*ServiceEntry, *QueryMeta, error) { + return h.service(service, tag, passingOnly, q, true) +} + +func (h *Health) service(service, tag string, passingOnly bool, q *QueryOptions, connect bool) ([]*ServiceEntry, *QueryMeta, error) { + path := "/v1/health/service/" + service + if connect { + path = "/v1/health/connect/" + service + } + r := h.c.newRequest("GET", path) + r.setQueryOptions(q) + if tag != "" { + r.params.Set("tag", tag) + } + if passingOnly { + r.params.Set(HealthPassing, "1") + } + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(h.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + qm := &QueryMeta{} + parseQueryMeta(resp, qm) + qm.RequestTime = rtt + + var out []*ServiceEntry + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + return out, qm, nil +} + +// State is used to retrieve all the checks in a given state. +// The wildcard "any" state can also be used for all checks. +func (h *Health) State(state string, q *QueryOptions) (HealthChecks, *QueryMeta, error) { + switch state { + case HealthAny: + case HealthWarning: + case HealthCritical: + case HealthPassing: + default: + return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("Unsupported state: %v", state) + } + r := h.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/health/state/"+state) + r.setQueryOptions(q) + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(h.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + qm := &QueryMeta{} + parseQueryMeta(resp, qm) + qm.RequestTime = rtt + + var out HealthChecks + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + return out, qm, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/kv.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/kv.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..97f515685 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/kv.go @@ -0,0 +1,420 @@ +package api + +import ( + "bytes" + "fmt" + "io" + "net/http" + "strconv" + "strings" +) + +// KVPair is used to represent a single K/V entry +type KVPair struct { + // Key is the name of the key. It is also part of the URL path when accessed + // via the API. + Key string + + // CreateIndex holds the index corresponding the creation of this KVPair. This + // is a read-only field. + CreateIndex uint64 + + // ModifyIndex is used for the Check-And-Set operations and can also be fed + // back into the WaitIndex of the QueryOptions in order to perform blocking + // queries. + ModifyIndex uint64 + + // LockIndex holds the index corresponding to a lock on this key, if any. This + // is a read-only field. + LockIndex uint64 + + // Flags are any user-defined flags on the key. It is up to the implementer + // to check these values, since Consul does not treat them specially. + Flags uint64 + + // Value is the value for the key. This can be any value, but it will be + // base64 encoded upon transport. + Value []byte + + // Session is a string representing the ID of the session. Any other + // interactions with this key over the same session must specify the same + // session ID. + Session string +} + +// KVPairs is a list of KVPair objects +type KVPairs []*KVPair + +// KVOp constants give possible operations available in a KVTxn. +type KVOp string + +const ( + KVSet KVOp = "set" + KVDelete KVOp = "delete" + KVDeleteCAS KVOp = "delete-cas" + KVDeleteTree KVOp = "delete-tree" + KVCAS KVOp = "cas" + KVLock KVOp = "lock" + KVUnlock KVOp = "unlock" + KVGet KVOp = "get" + KVGetTree KVOp = "get-tree" + KVCheckSession KVOp = "check-session" + KVCheckIndex KVOp = "check-index" + KVCheckNotExists KVOp = "check-not-exists" +) + +// KVTxnOp defines a single operation inside a transaction. +type KVTxnOp struct { + Verb KVOp + Key string + Value []byte + Flags uint64 + Index uint64 + Session string +} + +// KVTxnOps defines a set of operations to be performed inside a single +// transaction. +type KVTxnOps []*KVTxnOp + +// KVTxnResponse has the outcome of a transaction. +type KVTxnResponse struct { + Results []*KVPair + Errors TxnErrors +} + +// KV is used to manipulate the K/V API +type KV struct { + c *Client +} + +// KV is used to return a handle to the K/V apis +func (c *Client) KV() *KV { + return &KV{c} +} + +// Get is used to lookup a single key. The returned pointer +// to the KVPair will be nil if the key does not exist. +func (k *KV) Get(key string, q *QueryOptions) (*KVPair, *QueryMeta, error) { + resp, qm, err := k.getInternal(key, nil, q) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if resp == nil { + return nil, qm, nil + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + var entries []*KVPair + if err := decodeBody(resp, &entries); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if len(entries) > 0 { + return entries[0], qm, nil + } + return nil, qm, nil +} + +// List is used to lookup all keys under a prefix +func (k *KV) List(prefix string, q *QueryOptions) (KVPairs, *QueryMeta, error) { + resp, qm, err := k.getInternal(prefix, map[string]string{"recurse": ""}, q) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if resp == nil { + return nil, qm, nil + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + var entries []*KVPair + if err := decodeBody(resp, &entries); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + return entries, qm, nil +} + +// Keys is used to list all the keys under a prefix. Optionally, +// a separator can be used to limit the responses. +func (k *KV) Keys(prefix, separator string, q *QueryOptions) ([]string, *QueryMeta, error) { + params := map[string]string{"keys": ""} + if separator != "" { + params["separator"] = separator + } + resp, qm, err := k.getInternal(prefix, params, q) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if resp == nil { + return nil, qm, nil + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + var entries []string + if err := decodeBody(resp, &entries); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + return entries, qm, nil +} + +func (k *KV) getInternal(key string, params map[string]string, q *QueryOptions) (*http.Response, *QueryMeta, error) { + r := k.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/kv/"+strings.TrimPrefix(key, "/")) + r.setQueryOptions(q) + for param, val := range params { + r.params.Set(param, val) + } + rtt, resp, err := k.c.doRequest(r) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + + qm := &QueryMeta{} + parseQueryMeta(resp, qm) + qm.RequestTime = rtt + + if resp.StatusCode == 404 { + resp.Body.Close() + return nil, qm, nil + } else if resp.StatusCode != 200 { + resp.Body.Close() + return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("Unexpected response code: %d", resp.StatusCode) + } + return resp, qm, nil +} + +// Put is used to write a new value. Only the +// Key, Flags and Value is respected. +func (k *KV) Put(p *KVPair, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) { + params := make(map[string]string, 1) + if p.Flags != 0 { + params["flags"] = strconv.FormatUint(p.Flags, 10) + } + _, wm, err := k.put(p.Key, params, p.Value, q) + return wm, err +} + +// CAS is used for a Check-And-Set operation. The Key, +// ModifyIndex, Flags and Value are respected. Returns true +// on success or false on failures. +func (k *KV) CAS(p *KVPair, q *WriteOptions) (bool, *WriteMeta, error) { + params := make(map[string]string, 2) + if p.Flags != 0 { + params["flags"] = strconv.FormatUint(p.Flags, 10) + } + params["cas"] = strconv.FormatUint(p.ModifyIndex, 10) + return k.put(p.Key, params, p.Value, q) +} + +// Acquire is used for a lock acquisition operation. The Key, +// Flags, Value and Session are respected. Returns true +// on success or false on failures. +func (k *KV) Acquire(p *KVPair, q *WriteOptions) (bool, *WriteMeta, error) { + params := make(map[string]string, 2) + if p.Flags != 0 { + params["flags"] = strconv.FormatUint(p.Flags, 10) + } + params["acquire"] = p.Session + return k.put(p.Key, params, p.Value, q) +} + +// Release is used for a lock release operation. The Key, +// Flags, Value and Session are respected. Returns true +// on success or false on failures. +func (k *KV) Release(p *KVPair, q *WriteOptions) (bool, *WriteMeta, error) { + params := make(map[string]string, 2) + if p.Flags != 0 { + params["flags"] = strconv.FormatUint(p.Flags, 10) + } + params["release"] = p.Session + return k.put(p.Key, params, p.Value, q) +} + +func (k *KV) put(key string, params map[string]string, body []byte, q *WriteOptions) (bool, *WriteMeta, error) { + if len(key) > 0 && key[0] == '/' { + return false, nil, fmt.Errorf("Invalid key. Key must not begin with a '/': %s", key) + } + + r := k.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/kv/"+key) + r.setWriteOptions(q) + for param, val := range params { + r.params.Set(param, val) + } + r.body = bytes.NewReader(body) + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(k.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return false, nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + qm := &WriteMeta{} + qm.RequestTime = rtt + + var buf bytes.Buffer + if _, err := io.Copy(&buf, resp.Body); err != nil { + return false, nil, fmt.Errorf("Failed to read response: %v", err) + } + res := strings.Contains(buf.String(), "true") + return res, qm, nil +} + +// Delete is used to delete a single key +func (k *KV) Delete(key string, w *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) { + _, qm, err := k.deleteInternal(key, nil, w) + return qm, err +} + +// DeleteCAS is used for a Delete Check-And-Set operation. The Key +// and ModifyIndex are respected. Returns true on success or false on failures. +func (k *KV) DeleteCAS(p *KVPair, q *WriteOptions) (bool, *WriteMeta, error) { + params := map[string]string{ + "cas": strconv.FormatUint(p.ModifyIndex, 10), + } + return k.deleteInternal(p.Key, params, q) +} + +// DeleteTree is used to delete all keys under a prefix +func (k *KV) DeleteTree(prefix string, w *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) { + _, qm, err := k.deleteInternal(prefix, map[string]string{"recurse": ""}, w) + return qm, err +} + +func (k *KV) deleteInternal(key string, params map[string]string, q *WriteOptions) (bool, *WriteMeta, error) { + r := k.c.newRequest("DELETE", "/v1/kv/"+strings.TrimPrefix(key, "/")) + r.setWriteOptions(q) + for param, val := range params { + r.params.Set(param, val) + } + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(k.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return false, nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + qm := &WriteMeta{} + qm.RequestTime = rtt + + var buf bytes.Buffer + if _, err := io.Copy(&buf, resp.Body); err != nil { + return false, nil, fmt.Errorf("Failed to read response: %v", err) + } + res := strings.Contains(buf.String(), "true") + return res, qm, nil +} + +// TxnOp is the internal format we send to Consul. It's not specific to KV, +// though currently only KV operations are supported. +type TxnOp struct { + KV *KVTxnOp +} + +// TxnOps is a list of transaction operations. +type TxnOps []*TxnOp + +// TxnResult is the internal format we receive from Consul. +type TxnResult struct { + KV *KVPair +} + +// TxnResults is a list of TxnResult objects. +type TxnResults []*TxnResult + +// TxnError is used to return information about an operation in a transaction. +type TxnError struct { + OpIndex int + What string +} + +// TxnErrors is a list of TxnError objects. +type TxnErrors []*TxnError + +// TxnResponse is the internal format we receive from Consul. +type TxnResponse struct { + Results TxnResults + Errors TxnErrors +} + +// Txn is used to apply multiple KV operations in a single, atomic transaction. +// +// Note that Go will perform the required base64 encoding on the values +// automatically because the type is a byte slice. Transactions are defined as a +// list of operations to perform, using the KVOp constants and KVTxnOp structure +// to define operations. If any operation fails, none of the changes are applied +// to the state store. Note that this hides the internal raw transaction interface +// and munges the input and output types into KV-specific ones for ease of use. +// If there are more non-KV operations in the future we may break out a new +// transaction API client, but it will be easy to keep this KV-specific variant +// supported. +// +// Even though this is generally a write operation, we take a QueryOptions input +// and return a QueryMeta output. If the transaction contains only read ops, then +// Consul will fast-path it to a different endpoint internally which supports +// consistency controls, but not blocking. If there are write operations then +// the request will always be routed through raft and any consistency settings +// will be ignored. +// +// Here's an example: +// +// ops := KVTxnOps{ +// &KVTxnOp{ +// Verb: KVLock, +// Key: "test/lock", +// Session: "adf4238a-882b-9ddc-4a9d-5b6758e4159e", +// Value: []byte("hello"), +// }, +// &KVTxnOp{ +// Verb: KVGet, +// Key: "another/key", +// }, +// } +// ok, response, _, err := kv.Txn(&ops, nil) +// +// If there is a problem making the transaction request then an error will be +// returned. Otherwise, the ok value will be true if the transaction succeeded +// or false if it was rolled back. The response is a structured return value which +// will have the outcome of the transaction. Its Results member will have entries +// for each operation. Deleted keys will have a nil entry in the, and to save +// space, the Value of each key in the Results will be nil unless the operation +// is a KVGet. If the transaction was rolled back, the Errors member will have +// entries referencing the index of the operation that failed along with an error +// message. +func (k *KV) Txn(txn KVTxnOps, q *QueryOptions) (bool, *KVTxnResponse, *QueryMeta, error) { + r := k.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/txn") + r.setQueryOptions(q) + + // Convert into the internal format since this is an all-KV txn. + ops := make(TxnOps, 0, len(txn)) + for _, kvOp := range txn { + ops = append(ops, &TxnOp{KV: kvOp}) + } + r.obj = ops + rtt, resp, err := k.c.doRequest(r) + if err != nil { + return false, nil, nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + qm := &QueryMeta{} + parseQueryMeta(resp, qm) + qm.RequestTime = rtt + + if resp.StatusCode == http.StatusOK || resp.StatusCode == http.StatusConflict { + var txnResp TxnResponse + if err := decodeBody(resp, &txnResp); err != nil { + return false, nil, nil, err + } + + // Convert from the internal format. + kvResp := KVTxnResponse{ + Errors: txnResp.Errors, + } + for _, result := range txnResp.Results { + kvResp.Results = append(kvResp.Results, result.KV) + } + return resp.StatusCode == http.StatusOK, &kvResp, qm, nil + } + + var buf bytes.Buffer + if _, err := io.Copy(&buf, resp.Body); err != nil { + return false, nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("Failed to read response: %v", err) + } + return false, nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("Failed request: %s", buf.String()) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/lock.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/lock.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..82339cb74 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/lock.go @@ -0,0 +1,386 @@ +package api + +import ( + "fmt" + "sync" + "time" +) + +const ( + // DefaultLockSessionName is the Session Name we assign if none is provided + DefaultLockSessionName = "Consul API Lock" + + // DefaultLockSessionTTL is the default session TTL if no Session is provided + // when creating a new Lock. This is used because we do not have another + // other check to depend upon. + DefaultLockSessionTTL = "15s" + + // DefaultLockWaitTime is how long we block for at a time to check if lock + // acquisition is possible. This affects the minimum time it takes to cancel + // a Lock acquisition. + DefaultLockWaitTime = 15 * time.Second + + // DefaultLockRetryTime is how long we wait after a failed lock acquisition + // before attempting to do the lock again. This is so that once a lock-delay + // is in effect, we do not hot loop retrying the acquisition. + DefaultLockRetryTime = 5 * time.Second + + // DefaultMonitorRetryTime is how long we wait after a failed monitor check + // of a lock (500 response code). This allows the monitor to ride out brief + // periods of unavailability, subject to the MonitorRetries setting in the + // lock options which is by default set to 0, disabling this feature. This + // affects locks and semaphores. + DefaultMonitorRetryTime = 2 * time.Second + + // LockFlagValue is a magic flag we set to indicate a key + // is being used for a lock. It is used to detect a potential + // conflict with a semaphore. + LockFlagValue = 0x2ddccbc058a50c18 +) + +var ( + // ErrLockHeld is returned if we attempt to double lock + ErrLockHeld = fmt.Errorf("Lock already held") + + // ErrLockNotHeld is returned if we attempt to unlock a lock + // that we do not hold. + ErrLockNotHeld = fmt.Errorf("Lock not held") + + // ErrLockInUse is returned if we attempt to destroy a lock + // that is in use. + ErrLockInUse = fmt.Errorf("Lock in use") + + // ErrLockConflict is returned if the flags on a key + // used for a lock do not match expectation + ErrLockConflict = fmt.Errorf("Existing key does not match lock use") +) + +// Lock is used to implement client-side leader election. It is follows the +// algorithm as described here: https://www.consul.io/docs/guides/leader-election.html. +type Lock struct { + c *Client + opts *LockOptions + + isHeld bool + sessionRenew chan struct{} + lockSession string + l sync.Mutex +} + +// LockOptions is used to parameterize the Lock behavior. +type LockOptions struct { + Key string // Must be set and have write permissions + Value []byte // Optional, value to associate with the lock + Session string // Optional, created if not specified + SessionOpts *SessionEntry // Optional, options to use when creating a session + SessionName string // Optional, defaults to DefaultLockSessionName (ignored if SessionOpts is given) + SessionTTL string // Optional, defaults to DefaultLockSessionTTL (ignored if SessionOpts is given) + MonitorRetries int // Optional, defaults to 0 which means no retries + MonitorRetryTime time.Duration // Optional, defaults to DefaultMonitorRetryTime + LockWaitTime time.Duration // Optional, defaults to DefaultLockWaitTime + LockTryOnce bool // Optional, defaults to false which means try forever +} + +// LockKey returns a handle to a lock struct which can be used +// to acquire and release the mutex. The key used must have +// write permissions. +func (c *Client) LockKey(key string) (*Lock, error) { + opts := &LockOptions{ + Key: key, + } + return c.LockOpts(opts) +} + +// LockOpts returns a handle to a lock struct which can be used +// to acquire and release the mutex. The key used must have +// write permissions. +func (c *Client) LockOpts(opts *LockOptions) (*Lock, error) { + if opts.Key == "" { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("missing key") + } + if opts.SessionName == "" { + opts.SessionName = DefaultLockSessionName + } + if opts.SessionTTL == "" { + opts.SessionTTL = DefaultLockSessionTTL + } else { + if _, err := time.ParseDuration(opts.SessionTTL); err != nil { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid SessionTTL: %v", err) + } + } + if opts.MonitorRetryTime == 0 { + opts.MonitorRetryTime = DefaultMonitorRetryTime + } + if opts.LockWaitTime == 0 { + opts.LockWaitTime = DefaultLockWaitTime + } + l := &Lock{ + c: c, + opts: opts, + } + return l, nil +} + +// Lock attempts to acquire the lock and blocks while doing so. +// Providing a non-nil stopCh can be used to abort the lock attempt. +// Returns a channel that is closed if our lock is lost or an error. +// This channel could be closed at any time due to session invalidation, +// communication errors, operator intervention, etc. It is NOT safe to +// assume that the lock is held until Unlock() unless the Session is specifically +// created without any associated health checks. By default Consul sessions +// prefer liveness over safety and an application must be able to handle +// the lock being lost. +func (l *Lock) Lock(stopCh <-chan struct{}) (<-chan struct{}, error) { + // Hold the lock as we try to acquire + l.l.Lock() + defer l.l.Unlock() + + // Check if we already hold the lock + if l.isHeld { + return nil, ErrLockHeld + } + + // Check if we need to create a session first + l.lockSession = l.opts.Session + if l.lockSession == "" { + s, err := l.createSession() + if err != nil { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to create session: %v", err) + } + + l.sessionRenew = make(chan struct{}) + l.lockSession = s + session := l.c.Session() + go session.RenewPeriodic(l.opts.SessionTTL, s, nil, l.sessionRenew) + + // If we fail to acquire the lock, cleanup the session + defer func() { + if !l.isHeld { + close(l.sessionRenew) + l.sessionRenew = nil + } + }() + } + + // Setup the query options + kv := l.c.KV() + qOpts := &QueryOptions{ + WaitTime: l.opts.LockWaitTime, + } + + start := time.Now() + attempts := 0 +WAIT: + // Check if we should quit + select { + case <-stopCh: + return nil, nil + default: + } + + // Handle the one-shot mode. + if l.opts.LockTryOnce && attempts > 0 { + elapsed := time.Since(start) + if elapsed > l.opts.LockWaitTime { + return nil, nil + } + + // Query wait time should not exceed the lock wait time + qOpts.WaitTime = l.opts.LockWaitTime - elapsed + } + attempts++ + + // Look for an existing lock, blocking until not taken + pair, meta, err := kv.Get(l.opts.Key, qOpts) + if err != nil { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to read lock: %v", err) + } + if pair != nil && pair.Flags != LockFlagValue { + return nil, ErrLockConflict + } + locked := false + if pair != nil && pair.Session == l.lockSession { + goto HELD + } + if pair != nil && pair.Session != "" { + qOpts.WaitIndex = meta.LastIndex + goto WAIT + } + + // Try to acquire the lock + pair = l.lockEntry(l.lockSession) + locked, _, err = kv.Acquire(pair, nil) + if err != nil { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to acquire lock: %v", err) + } + + // Handle the case of not getting the lock + if !locked { + // Determine why the lock failed + qOpts.WaitIndex = 0 + pair, meta, err = kv.Get(l.opts.Key, qOpts) + if pair != nil && pair.Session != "" { + //If the session is not null, this means that a wait can safely happen + //using a long poll + qOpts.WaitIndex = meta.LastIndex + goto WAIT + } else { + // If the session is empty and the lock failed to acquire, then it means + // a lock-delay is in effect and a timed wait must be used + select { + case <-time.After(DefaultLockRetryTime): + goto WAIT + case <-stopCh: + return nil, nil + } + } + } + +HELD: + // Watch to ensure we maintain leadership + leaderCh := make(chan struct{}) + go l.monitorLock(l.lockSession, leaderCh) + + // Set that we own the lock + l.isHeld = true + + // Locked! All done + return leaderCh, nil +} + +// Unlock released the lock. It is an error to call this +// if the lock is not currently held. +func (l *Lock) Unlock() error { + // Hold the lock as we try to release + l.l.Lock() + defer l.l.Unlock() + + // Ensure the lock is actually held + if !l.isHeld { + return ErrLockNotHeld + } + + // Set that we no longer own the lock + l.isHeld = false + + // Stop the session renew + if l.sessionRenew != nil { + defer func() { + close(l.sessionRenew) + l.sessionRenew = nil + }() + } + + // Get the lock entry, and clear the lock session + lockEnt := l.lockEntry(l.lockSession) + l.lockSession = "" + + // Release the lock explicitly + kv := l.c.KV() + _, _, err := kv.Release(lockEnt, nil) + if err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("failed to release lock: %v", err) + } + return nil +} + +// Destroy is used to cleanup the lock entry. It is not necessary +// to invoke. It will fail if the lock is in use. +func (l *Lock) Destroy() error { + // Hold the lock as we try to release + l.l.Lock() + defer l.l.Unlock() + + // Check if we already hold the lock + if l.isHeld { + return ErrLockHeld + } + + // Look for an existing lock + kv := l.c.KV() + pair, _, err := kv.Get(l.opts.Key, nil) + if err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("failed to read lock: %v", err) + } + + // Nothing to do if the lock does not exist + if pair == nil { + return nil + } + + // Check for possible flag conflict + if pair.Flags != LockFlagValue { + return ErrLockConflict + } + + // Check if it is in use + if pair.Session != "" { + return ErrLockInUse + } + + // Attempt the delete + didRemove, _, err := kv.DeleteCAS(pair, nil) + if err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("failed to remove lock: %v", err) + } + if !didRemove { + return ErrLockInUse + } + return nil +} + +// createSession is used to create a new managed session +func (l *Lock) createSession() (string, error) { + session := l.c.Session() + se := l.opts.SessionOpts + if se == nil { + se = &SessionEntry{ + Name: l.opts.SessionName, + TTL: l.opts.SessionTTL, + } + } + id, _, err := session.Create(se, nil) + if err != nil { + return "", err + } + return id, nil +} + +// lockEntry returns a formatted KVPair for the lock +func (l *Lock) lockEntry(session string) *KVPair { + return &KVPair{ + Key: l.opts.Key, + Value: l.opts.Value, + Session: session, + Flags: LockFlagValue, + } +} + +// monitorLock is a long running routine to monitor a lock ownership +// It closes the stopCh if we lose our leadership. +func (l *Lock) monitorLock(session string, stopCh chan struct{}) { + defer close(stopCh) + kv := l.c.KV() + opts := &QueryOptions{RequireConsistent: true} +WAIT: + retries := l.opts.MonitorRetries +RETRY: + pair, meta, err := kv.Get(l.opts.Key, opts) + if err != nil { + // If configured we can try to ride out a brief Consul unavailability + // by doing retries. Note that we have to attempt the retry in a non- + // blocking fashion so that we have a clean place to reset the retry + // counter if service is restored. + if retries > 0 && IsRetryableError(err) { + time.Sleep(l.opts.MonitorRetryTime) + retries-- + opts.WaitIndex = 0 + goto RETRY + } + return + } + if pair != nil && pair.Session == session { + opts.WaitIndex = meta.LastIndex + goto WAIT + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/operator.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/operator.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..079e22486 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/operator.go @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +package api + +// Operator can be used to perform low-level operator tasks for Consul. +type Operator struct { + c *Client +} + +// Operator returns a handle to the operator endpoints. +func (c *Client) Operator() *Operator { + return &Operator{c} +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/operator_area.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/operator_area.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a630b694c --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/operator_area.go @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ +// The /v1/operator/area endpoints are available only in Consul Enterprise and +// interact with its network area subsystem. Network areas are used to link +// together Consul servers in different Consul datacenters. With network areas, +// Consul datacenters can be linked together in ways other than a fully-connected +// mesh, as is required for Consul's WAN. +package api + +import ( + "net" + "time" +) + +// Area defines a network area. +type Area struct { + // ID is this identifier for an area (a UUID). This must be left empty + // when creating a new area. + ID string + + // PeerDatacenter is the peer Consul datacenter that will make up the + // other side of this network area. Network areas always involve a pair + // of datacenters: the datacenter where the area was created, and the + // peer datacenter. This is required. + PeerDatacenter string + + // RetryJoin specifies the address of Consul servers to join to, such as + // an IPs or hostnames with an optional port number. This is optional. + RetryJoin []string + + // UseTLS specifies whether gossip over this area should be encrypted with TLS + // if possible. + UseTLS bool +} + +// AreaJoinResponse is returned when a join occurs and gives the result for each +// address. +type AreaJoinResponse struct { + // The address that was joined. + Address string + + // Whether or not the join was a success. + Joined bool + + // If we couldn't join, this is the message with information. + Error string +} + +// SerfMember is a generic structure for reporting information about members in +// a Serf cluster. This is only used by the area endpoints right now, but this +// could be expanded to other endpoints in the future. +type SerfMember struct { + // ID is the node identifier (a UUID). + ID string + + // Name is the node name. + Name string + + // Addr has the IP address. + Addr net.IP + + // Port is the RPC port. + Port uint16 + + // Datacenter is the DC name. + Datacenter string + + // Role is "client", "server", or "unknown". + Role string + + // Build has the version of the Consul agent. + Build string + + // Protocol is the protocol of the Consul agent. + Protocol int + + // Status is the Serf health status "none", "alive", "leaving", "left", + // or "failed". + Status string + + // RTT is the estimated round trip time from the server handling the + // request to the this member. This will be negative if no RTT estimate + // is available. + RTT time.Duration +} + +// AreaCreate will create a new network area. The ID in the given structure must +// be empty and a generated ID will be returned on success. +func (op *Operator) AreaCreate(area *Area, q *WriteOptions) (string, *WriteMeta, error) { + r := op.c.newRequest("POST", "/v1/operator/area") + r.setWriteOptions(q) + r.obj = area + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return "", nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + wm := &WriteMeta{} + wm.RequestTime = rtt + + var out struct{ ID string } + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return "", nil, err + } + return out.ID, wm, nil +} + +// AreaUpdate will update the configuration of the network area with the given ID. +func (op *Operator) AreaUpdate(areaID string, area *Area, q *WriteOptions) (string, *WriteMeta, error) { + r := op.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/operator/area/"+areaID) + r.setWriteOptions(q) + r.obj = area + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return "", nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + wm := &WriteMeta{} + wm.RequestTime = rtt + + var out struct{ ID string } + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return "", nil, err + } + return out.ID, wm, nil +} + +// AreaGet returns a single network area. +func (op *Operator) AreaGet(areaID string, q *QueryOptions) ([]*Area, *QueryMeta, error) { + var out []*Area + qm, err := op.c.query("/v1/operator/area/"+areaID, &out, q) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + return out, qm, nil +} + +// AreaList returns all the available network areas. +func (op *Operator) AreaList(q *QueryOptions) ([]*Area, *QueryMeta, error) { + var out []*Area + qm, err := op.c.query("/v1/operator/area", &out, q) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + return out, qm, nil +} + +// AreaDelete deletes the given network area. +func (op *Operator) AreaDelete(areaID string, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) { + r := op.c.newRequest("DELETE", "/v1/operator/area/"+areaID) + r.setWriteOptions(q) + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + wm := &WriteMeta{} + wm.RequestTime = rtt + return wm, nil +} + +// AreaJoin attempts to join the given set of join addresses to the given +// network area. See the Area structure for details about join addresses. +func (op *Operator) AreaJoin(areaID string, addresses []string, q *WriteOptions) ([]*AreaJoinResponse, *WriteMeta, error) { + r := op.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/operator/area/"+areaID+"/join") + r.setWriteOptions(q) + r.obj = addresses + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + wm := &WriteMeta{} + wm.RequestTime = rtt + + var out []*AreaJoinResponse + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + return out, wm, nil +} + +// AreaMembers lists the Serf information about the members in the given area. +func (op *Operator) AreaMembers(areaID string, q *QueryOptions) ([]*SerfMember, *QueryMeta, error) { + var out []*SerfMember + qm, err := op.c.query("/v1/operator/area/"+areaID+"/members", &out, q) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + return out, qm, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/operator_autopilot.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/operator_autopilot.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b179406dc --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/operator_autopilot.go @@ -0,0 +1,219 @@ +package api + +import ( + "bytes" + "fmt" + "io" + "strconv" + "strings" + "time" +) + +// AutopilotConfiguration is used for querying/setting the Autopilot configuration. +// Autopilot helps manage operator tasks related to Consul servers like removing +// failed servers from the Raft quorum. +type AutopilotConfiguration struct { + // CleanupDeadServers controls whether to remove dead servers from the Raft + // peer list when a new server joins + CleanupDeadServers bool + + // LastContactThreshold is the limit on the amount of time a server can go + // without leader contact before being considered unhealthy. + LastContactThreshold *ReadableDuration + + // MaxTrailingLogs is the amount of entries in the Raft Log that a server can + // be behind before being considered unhealthy. + MaxTrailingLogs uint64 + + // ServerStabilizationTime is the minimum amount of time a server must be + // in a stable, healthy state before it can be added to the cluster. Only + // applicable with Raft protocol version 3 or higher. + ServerStabilizationTime *ReadableDuration + + // (Enterprise-only) RedundancyZoneTag is the node tag to use for separating + // servers into zones for redundancy. If left blank, this feature will be disabled. + RedundancyZoneTag string + + // (Enterprise-only) DisableUpgradeMigration will disable Autopilot's upgrade migration + // strategy of waiting until enough newer-versioned servers have been added to the + // cluster before promoting them to voters. + DisableUpgradeMigration bool + + // (Enterprise-only) UpgradeVersionTag is the node tag to use for version info when + // performing upgrade migrations. If left blank, the Consul version will be used. + UpgradeVersionTag string + + // CreateIndex holds the index corresponding the creation of this configuration. + // This is a read-only field. + CreateIndex uint64 + + // ModifyIndex will be set to the index of the last update when retrieving the + // Autopilot configuration. Resubmitting a configuration with + // AutopilotCASConfiguration will perform a check-and-set operation which ensures + // there hasn't been a subsequent update since the configuration was retrieved. + ModifyIndex uint64 +} + +// ServerHealth is the health (from the leader's point of view) of a server. +type ServerHealth struct { + // ID is the raft ID of the server. + ID string + + // Name is the node name of the server. + Name string + + // Address is the address of the server. + Address string + + // The status of the SerfHealth check for the server. + SerfStatus string + + // Version is the Consul version of the server. + Version string + + // Leader is whether this server is currently the leader. + Leader bool + + // LastContact is the time since this node's last contact with the leader. + LastContact *ReadableDuration + + // LastTerm is the highest leader term this server has a record of in its Raft log. + LastTerm uint64 + + // LastIndex is the last log index this server has a record of in its Raft log. + LastIndex uint64 + + // Healthy is whether or not the server is healthy according to the current + // Autopilot config. + Healthy bool + + // Voter is whether this is a voting server. + Voter bool + + // StableSince is the last time this server's Healthy value changed. + StableSince time.Time +} + +// OperatorHealthReply is a representation of the overall health of the cluster +type OperatorHealthReply struct { + // Healthy is true if all the servers in the cluster are healthy. + Healthy bool + + // FailureTolerance is the number of healthy servers that could be lost without + // an outage occurring. + FailureTolerance int + + // Servers holds the health of each server. + Servers []ServerHealth +} + +// ReadableDuration is a duration type that is serialized to JSON in human readable format. +type ReadableDuration time.Duration + +func NewReadableDuration(dur time.Duration) *ReadableDuration { + d := ReadableDuration(dur) + return &d +} + +func (d *ReadableDuration) String() string { + return d.Duration().String() +} + +func (d *ReadableDuration) Duration() time.Duration { + if d == nil { + return time.Duration(0) + } + return time.Duration(*d) +} + +func (d *ReadableDuration) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return []byte(fmt.Sprintf(`"%s"`, d.Duration().String())), nil +} + +func (d *ReadableDuration) UnmarshalJSON(raw []byte) error { + if d == nil { + return fmt.Errorf("cannot unmarshal to nil pointer") + } + + str := string(raw) + if len(str) < 2 || str[0] != '"' || str[len(str)-1] != '"' { + return fmt.Errorf("must be enclosed with quotes: %s", str) + } + dur, err := time.ParseDuration(str[1 : len(str)-1]) + if err != nil { + return err + } + *d = ReadableDuration(dur) + return nil +} + +// AutopilotGetConfiguration is used to query the current Autopilot configuration. +func (op *Operator) AutopilotGetConfiguration(q *QueryOptions) (*AutopilotConfiguration, error) { + r := op.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/operator/autopilot/configuration") + r.setQueryOptions(q) + _, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + var out AutopilotConfiguration + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + return &out, nil +} + +// AutopilotSetConfiguration is used to set the current Autopilot configuration. +func (op *Operator) AutopilotSetConfiguration(conf *AutopilotConfiguration, q *WriteOptions) error { + r := op.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/operator/autopilot/configuration") + r.setWriteOptions(q) + r.obj = conf + _, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return err + } + resp.Body.Close() + return nil +} + +// AutopilotCASConfiguration is used to perform a Check-And-Set update on the +// Autopilot configuration. The ModifyIndex value will be respected. Returns +// true on success or false on failures. +func (op *Operator) AutopilotCASConfiguration(conf *AutopilotConfiguration, q *WriteOptions) (bool, error) { + r := op.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/operator/autopilot/configuration") + r.setWriteOptions(q) + r.params.Set("cas", strconv.FormatUint(conf.ModifyIndex, 10)) + r.obj = conf + _, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return false, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + var buf bytes.Buffer + if _, err := io.Copy(&buf, resp.Body); err != nil { + return false, fmt.Errorf("Failed to read response: %v", err) + } + res := strings.Contains(buf.String(), "true") + + return res, nil +} + +// AutopilotServerHealth +func (op *Operator) AutopilotServerHealth(q *QueryOptions) (*OperatorHealthReply, error) { + r := op.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/operator/autopilot/health") + r.setQueryOptions(q) + _, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + var out OperatorHealthReply + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return &out, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/operator_keyring.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/operator_keyring.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6b614296c --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/operator_keyring.go @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +package api + +// keyringRequest is used for performing Keyring operations +type keyringRequest struct { + Key string +} + +// KeyringResponse is returned when listing the gossip encryption keys +type KeyringResponse struct { + // Whether this response is for a WAN ring + WAN bool + + // The datacenter name this request corresponds to + Datacenter string + + // Segment has the network segment this request corresponds to. + Segment string + + // A map of the encryption keys to the number of nodes they're installed on + Keys map[string]int + + // The total number of nodes in this ring + NumNodes int +} + +// KeyringInstall is used to install a new gossip encryption key into the cluster +func (op *Operator) KeyringInstall(key string, q *WriteOptions) error { + r := op.c.newRequest("POST", "/v1/operator/keyring") + r.setWriteOptions(q) + r.obj = keyringRequest{ + Key: key, + } + _, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return err + } + resp.Body.Close() + return nil +} + +// KeyringList is used to list the gossip keys installed in the cluster +func (op *Operator) KeyringList(q *QueryOptions) ([]*KeyringResponse, error) { + r := op.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/operator/keyring") + r.setQueryOptions(q) + _, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + var out []*KeyringResponse + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return out, nil +} + +// KeyringRemove is used to remove a gossip encryption key from the cluster +func (op *Operator) KeyringRemove(key string, q *WriteOptions) error { + r := op.c.newRequest("DELETE", "/v1/operator/keyring") + r.setWriteOptions(q) + r.obj = keyringRequest{ + Key: key, + } + _, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return err + } + resp.Body.Close() + return nil +} + +// KeyringUse is used to change the active gossip encryption key +func (op *Operator) KeyringUse(key string, q *WriteOptions) error { + r := op.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/operator/keyring") + r.setWriteOptions(q) + r.obj = keyringRequest{ + Key: key, + } + _, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return err + } + resp.Body.Close() + return nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/operator_raft.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/operator_raft.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a9844df2d --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/operator_raft.go @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +package api + +// RaftServer has information about a server in the Raft configuration. +type RaftServer struct { + // ID is the unique ID for the server. These are currently the same + // as the address, but they will be changed to a real GUID in a future + // release of Consul. + ID string + + // Node is the node name of the server, as known by Consul, or this + // will be set to "(unknown)" otherwise. + Node string + + // Address is the IP:port of the server, used for Raft communications. + Address string + + // Leader is true if this server is the current cluster leader. + Leader bool + + // Protocol version is the raft protocol version used by the server + ProtocolVersion string + + // Voter is true if this server has a vote in the cluster. This might + // be false if the server is staging and still coming online, or if + // it's a non-voting server, which will be added in a future release of + // Consul. + Voter bool +} + +// RaftConfiguration is returned when querying for the current Raft configuration. +type RaftConfiguration struct { + // Servers has the list of servers in the Raft configuration. + Servers []*RaftServer + + // Index has the Raft index of this configuration. + Index uint64 +} + +// RaftGetConfiguration is used to query the current Raft peer set. +func (op *Operator) RaftGetConfiguration(q *QueryOptions) (*RaftConfiguration, error) { + r := op.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/operator/raft/configuration") + r.setQueryOptions(q) + _, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + var out RaftConfiguration + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return &out, nil +} + +// RaftRemovePeerByAddress is used to kick a stale peer (one that it in the Raft +// quorum but no longer known to Serf or the catalog) by address in the form of +// "IP:port". +func (op *Operator) RaftRemovePeerByAddress(address string, q *WriteOptions) error { + r := op.c.newRequest("DELETE", "/v1/operator/raft/peer") + r.setWriteOptions(q) + + r.params.Set("address", string(address)) + + _, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + resp.Body.Close() + return nil +} + +// RaftRemovePeerByID is used to kick a stale peer (one that it in the Raft +// quorum but no longer known to Serf or the catalog) by ID. +func (op *Operator) RaftRemovePeerByID(id string, q *WriteOptions) error { + r := op.c.newRequest("DELETE", "/v1/operator/raft/peer") + r.setWriteOptions(q) + + r.params.Set("id", string(id)) + + _, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + resp.Body.Close() + return nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/operator_segment.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/operator_segment.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..92b05d3c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/operator_segment.go @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +package api + +// SegmentList returns all the available LAN segments. +func (op *Operator) SegmentList(q *QueryOptions) ([]string, *QueryMeta, error) { + var out []string + qm, err := op.c.query("/v1/operator/segment", &out, q) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + return out, qm, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/prepared_query.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/prepared_query.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8bb1004ee --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/prepared_query.go @@ -0,0 +1,212 @@ +package api + +// QueryDatacenterOptions sets options about how we fail over if there are no +// healthy nodes in the local datacenter. +type QueryDatacenterOptions struct { + // NearestN is set to the number of remote datacenters to try, based on + // network coordinates. + NearestN int + + // Datacenters is a fixed list of datacenters to try after NearestN. We + // never try a datacenter multiple times, so those are subtracted from + // this list before proceeding. + Datacenters []string +} + +// QueryDNSOptions controls settings when query results are served over DNS. +type QueryDNSOptions struct { + // TTL is the time to live for the served DNS results. + TTL string +} + +// ServiceQuery is used to query for a set of healthy nodes offering a specific +// service. +type ServiceQuery struct { + // Service is the service to query. + Service string + + // Near allows baking in the name of a node to automatically distance- + // sort from. The magic "_agent" value is supported, which sorts near + // the agent which initiated the request by default. + Near string + + // Failover controls what we do if there are no healthy nodes in the + // local datacenter. + Failover QueryDatacenterOptions + + // IgnoreCheckIDs is an optional list of health check IDs to ignore when + // considering which nodes are healthy. It is useful as an emergency measure + // to temporarily override some health check that is producing false negatives + // for example. + IgnoreCheckIDs []string + + // If OnlyPassing is true then we will only include nodes with passing + // health checks (critical AND warning checks will cause a node to be + // discarded) + OnlyPassing bool + + // Tags are a set of required and/or disallowed tags. If a tag is in + // this list it must be present. If the tag is preceded with "!" then + // it is disallowed. + Tags []string + + // NodeMeta is a map of required node metadata fields. If a key/value + // pair is in this map it must be present on the node in order for the + // service entry to be returned. + NodeMeta map[string]string + + // Connect if true will filter the prepared query results to only + // include Connect-capable services. These include both native services + // and proxies for matching services. Note that if a proxy matches, + // the constraints in the query above (Near, OnlyPassing, etc.) apply + // to the _proxy_ and not the service being proxied. In practice, proxies + // should be directly next to their services so this isn't an issue. + Connect bool +} + +// QueryTemplate carries the arguments for creating a templated query. +type QueryTemplate struct { + // Type specifies the type of the query template. Currently only + // "name_prefix_match" is supported. This field is required. + Type string + + // Regexp allows specifying a regex pattern to match against the name + // of the query being executed. + Regexp string +} + +// PreparedQueryDefinition defines a complete prepared query. +type PreparedQueryDefinition struct { + // ID is this UUID-based ID for the query, always generated by Consul. + ID string + + // Name is an optional friendly name for the query supplied by the + // user. NOTE - if this feature is used then it will reduce the security + // of any read ACL associated with this query/service since this name + // can be used to locate nodes with supplying any ACL. + Name string + + // Session is an optional session to tie this query's lifetime to. If + // this is omitted then the query will not expire. + Session string + + // Token is the ACL token used when the query was created, and it is + // used when a query is subsequently executed. This token, or a token + // with management privileges, must be used to change the query later. + Token string + + // Service defines a service query (leaving things open for other types + // later). + Service ServiceQuery + + // DNS has options that control how the results of this query are + // served over DNS. + DNS QueryDNSOptions + + // Template is used to pass through the arguments for creating a + // prepared query with an attached template. If a template is given, + // interpolations are possible in other struct fields. + Template QueryTemplate +} + +// PreparedQueryExecuteResponse has the results of executing a query. +type PreparedQueryExecuteResponse struct { + // Service is the service that was queried. + Service string + + // Nodes has the nodes that were output by the query. + Nodes []ServiceEntry + + // DNS has the options for serving these results over DNS. + DNS QueryDNSOptions + + // Datacenter is the datacenter that these results came from. + Datacenter string + + // Failovers is a count of how many times we had to query a remote + // datacenter. + Failovers int +} + +// PreparedQuery can be used to query the prepared query endpoints. +type PreparedQuery struct { + c *Client +} + +// PreparedQuery returns a handle to the prepared query endpoints. +func (c *Client) PreparedQuery() *PreparedQuery { + return &PreparedQuery{c} +} + +// Create makes a new prepared query. The ID of the new query is returned. +func (c *PreparedQuery) Create(query *PreparedQueryDefinition, q *WriteOptions) (string, *WriteMeta, error) { + r := c.c.newRequest("POST", "/v1/query") + r.setWriteOptions(q) + r.obj = query + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return "", nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + wm := &WriteMeta{} + wm.RequestTime = rtt + + var out struct{ ID string } + if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil { + return "", nil, err + } + return out.ID, wm, nil +} + +// Update makes updates to an existing prepared query. +func (c *PreparedQuery) Update(query *PreparedQueryDefinition, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) { + return c.c.write("/v1/query/"+query.ID, query, nil, q) +} + +// List is used to fetch all the prepared queries (always requires a management +// token). +func (c *PreparedQuery) List(q *QueryOptions) ([]*PreparedQueryDefinition, *QueryMeta, error) { + var out []*PreparedQueryDefinition + qm, err := c.c.query("/v1/query", &out, q) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + return out, qm, nil +} + +// Get is used to fetch a specific prepared query. +func (c *PreparedQuery) Get(queryID string, q *QueryOptions) ([]*PreparedQueryDefinition, *QueryMeta, error) { + var out []*PreparedQueryDefinition + qm, err := c.c.query("/v1/query/"+queryID, &out, q) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + return out, qm, nil +} + +// Delete is used to delete a specific prepared query. +func (c *PreparedQuery) Delete(queryID string, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) { + r := c.c.newRequest("DELETE", "/v1/query/"+queryID) + r.setWriteOptions(q) + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + wm := &WriteMeta{} + wm.RequestTime = rtt + return wm, nil +} + +// Execute is used to execute a specific prepared query. You can execute using +// a query ID or name. +func (c *PreparedQuery) Execute(queryIDOrName string, q *QueryOptions) (*PreparedQueryExecuteResponse, *QueryMeta, error) { + var out *PreparedQueryExecuteResponse + qm, err := c.c.query("/v1/query/"+queryIDOrName+"/execute", &out, q) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + return out, qm, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/raw.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/raw.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..745a208c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/raw.go @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +package api + +// Raw can be used to do raw queries against custom endpoints +type Raw struct { + c *Client +} + +// Raw returns a handle to query endpoints +func (c *Client) Raw() *Raw { + return &Raw{c} +} + +// Query is used to do a GET request against an endpoint +// and deserialize the response into an interface using +// standard Consul conventions. +func (raw *Raw) Query(endpoint string, out interface{}, q *QueryOptions) (*QueryMeta, error) { + return raw.c.query(endpoint, out, q) +} + +// Write is used to do a PUT request against an endpoint +// and serialize/deserialized using the standard Consul conventions. +func (raw *Raw) Write(endpoint string, in, out interface{}, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) { + return raw.c.write(endpoint, in, out, q) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/semaphore.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/semaphore.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc4f885fe --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/semaphore.go @@ -0,0 +1,514 @@ +package api + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "path" + "sync" + "time" +) + +const ( + // DefaultSemaphoreSessionName is the Session Name we assign if none is provided + DefaultSemaphoreSessionName = "Consul API Semaphore" + + // DefaultSemaphoreSessionTTL is the default session TTL if no Session is provided + // when creating a new Semaphore. This is used because we do not have another + // other check to depend upon. + DefaultSemaphoreSessionTTL = "15s" + + // DefaultSemaphoreWaitTime is how long we block for at a time to check if semaphore + // acquisition is possible. This affects the minimum time it takes to cancel + // a Semaphore acquisition. + DefaultSemaphoreWaitTime = 15 * time.Second + + // DefaultSemaphoreKey is the key used within the prefix to + // use for coordination between all the contenders. + DefaultSemaphoreKey = ".lock" + + // SemaphoreFlagValue is a magic flag we set to indicate a key + // is being used for a semaphore. It is used to detect a potential + // conflict with a lock. + SemaphoreFlagValue = 0xe0f69a2baa414de0 +) + +var ( + // ErrSemaphoreHeld is returned if we attempt to double lock + ErrSemaphoreHeld = fmt.Errorf("Semaphore already held") + + // ErrSemaphoreNotHeld is returned if we attempt to unlock a semaphore + // that we do not hold. + ErrSemaphoreNotHeld = fmt.Errorf("Semaphore not held") + + // ErrSemaphoreInUse is returned if we attempt to destroy a semaphore + // that is in use. + ErrSemaphoreInUse = fmt.Errorf("Semaphore in use") + + // ErrSemaphoreConflict is returned if the flags on a key + // used for a semaphore do not match expectation + ErrSemaphoreConflict = fmt.Errorf("Existing key does not match semaphore use") +) + +// Semaphore is used to implement a distributed semaphore +// using the Consul KV primitives. +type Semaphore struct { + c *Client + opts *SemaphoreOptions + + isHeld bool + sessionRenew chan struct{} + lockSession string + l sync.Mutex +} + +// SemaphoreOptions is used to parameterize the Semaphore +type SemaphoreOptions struct { + Prefix string // Must be set and have write permissions + Limit int // Must be set, and be positive + Value []byte // Optional, value to associate with the contender entry + Session string // Optional, created if not specified + SessionName string // Optional, defaults to DefaultLockSessionName + SessionTTL string // Optional, defaults to DefaultLockSessionTTL + MonitorRetries int // Optional, defaults to 0 which means no retries + MonitorRetryTime time.Duration // Optional, defaults to DefaultMonitorRetryTime + SemaphoreWaitTime time.Duration // Optional, defaults to DefaultSemaphoreWaitTime + SemaphoreTryOnce bool // Optional, defaults to false which means try forever +} + +// semaphoreLock is written under the DefaultSemaphoreKey and +// is used to coordinate between all the contenders. +type semaphoreLock struct { + // Limit is the integer limit of holders. This is used to + // verify that all the holders agree on the value. + Limit int + + // Holders is a list of all the semaphore holders. + // It maps the session ID to true. It is used as a set effectively. + Holders map[string]bool +} + +// SemaphorePrefix is used to created a Semaphore which will operate +// at the given KV prefix and uses the given limit for the semaphore. +// The prefix must have write privileges, and the limit must be agreed +// upon by all contenders. +func (c *Client) SemaphorePrefix(prefix string, limit int) (*Semaphore, error) { + opts := &SemaphoreOptions{ + Prefix: prefix, + Limit: limit, + } + return c.SemaphoreOpts(opts) +} + +// SemaphoreOpts is used to create a Semaphore with the given options. +// The prefix must have write privileges, and the limit must be agreed +// upon by all contenders. If a Session is not provided, one will be created. +func (c *Client) SemaphoreOpts(opts *SemaphoreOptions) (*Semaphore, error) { + if opts.Prefix == "" { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("missing prefix") + } + if opts.Limit <= 0 { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("semaphore limit must be positive") + } + if opts.SessionName == "" { + opts.SessionName = DefaultSemaphoreSessionName + } + if opts.SessionTTL == "" { + opts.SessionTTL = DefaultSemaphoreSessionTTL + } else { + if _, err := time.ParseDuration(opts.SessionTTL); err != nil { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid SessionTTL: %v", err) + } + } + if opts.MonitorRetryTime == 0 { + opts.MonitorRetryTime = DefaultMonitorRetryTime + } + if opts.SemaphoreWaitTime == 0 { + opts.SemaphoreWaitTime = DefaultSemaphoreWaitTime + } + s := &Semaphore{ + c: c, + opts: opts, + } + return s, nil +} + +// Acquire attempts to reserve a slot in the semaphore, blocking until +// success, interrupted via the stopCh or an error is encountered. +// Providing a non-nil stopCh can be used to abort the attempt. +// On success, a channel is returned that represents our slot. +// This channel could be closed at any time due to session invalidation, +// communication errors, operator intervention, etc. It is NOT safe to +// assume that the slot is held until Release() unless the Session is specifically +// created without any associated health checks. By default Consul sessions +// prefer liveness over safety and an application must be able to handle +// the session being lost. +func (s *Semaphore) Acquire(stopCh <-chan struct{}) (<-chan struct{}, error) { + // Hold the lock as we try to acquire + s.l.Lock() + defer s.l.Unlock() + + // Check if we already hold the semaphore + if s.isHeld { + return nil, ErrSemaphoreHeld + } + + // Check if we need to create a session first + s.lockSession = s.opts.Session + if s.lockSession == "" { + sess, err := s.createSession() + if err != nil { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to create session: %v", err) + } + + s.sessionRenew = make(chan struct{}) + s.lockSession = sess + session := s.c.Session() + go session.RenewPeriodic(s.opts.SessionTTL, sess, nil, s.sessionRenew) + + // If we fail to acquire the lock, cleanup the session + defer func() { + if !s.isHeld { + close(s.sessionRenew) + s.sessionRenew = nil + } + }() + } + + // Create the contender entry + kv := s.c.KV() + made, _, err := kv.Acquire(s.contenderEntry(s.lockSession), nil) + if err != nil || !made { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to make contender entry: %v", err) + } + + // Setup the query options + qOpts := &QueryOptions{ + WaitTime: s.opts.SemaphoreWaitTime, + } + + start := time.Now() + attempts := 0 +WAIT: + // Check if we should quit + select { + case <-stopCh: + return nil, nil + default: + } + + // Handle the one-shot mode. + if s.opts.SemaphoreTryOnce && attempts > 0 { + elapsed := time.Since(start) + if elapsed > s.opts.SemaphoreWaitTime { + return nil, nil + } + + // Query wait time should not exceed the semaphore wait time + qOpts.WaitTime = s.opts.SemaphoreWaitTime - elapsed + } + attempts++ + + // Read the prefix + pairs, meta, err := kv.List(s.opts.Prefix, qOpts) + if err != nil { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to read prefix: %v", err) + } + + // Decode the lock + lockPair := s.findLock(pairs) + if lockPair.Flags != SemaphoreFlagValue { + return nil, ErrSemaphoreConflict + } + lock, err := s.decodeLock(lockPair) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + // Verify we agree with the limit + if lock.Limit != s.opts.Limit { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("semaphore limit conflict (lock: %d, local: %d)", + lock.Limit, s.opts.Limit) + } + + // Prune the dead holders + s.pruneDeadHolders(lock, pairs) + + // Check if the lock is held + if len(lock.Holders) >= lock.Limit { + qOpts.WaitIndex = meta.LastIndex + goto WAIT + } + + // Create a new lock with us as a holder + lock.Holders[s.lockSession] = true + newLock, err := s.encodeLock(lock, lockPair.ModifyIndex) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + // Attempt the acquisition + didSet, _, err := kv.CAS(newLock, nil) + if err != nil { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to update lock: %v", err) + } + if !didSet { + // Update failed, could have been a race with another contender, + // retry the operation + goto WAIT + } + + // Watch to ensure we maintain ownership of the slot + lockCh := make(chan struct{}) + go s.monitorLock(s.lockSession, lockCh) + + // Set that we own the lock + s.isHeld = true + + // Acquired! All done + return lockCh, nil +} + +// Release is used to voluntarily give up our semaphore slot. It is +// an error to call this if the semaphore has not been acquired. +func (s *Semaphore) Release() error { + // Hold the lock as we try to release + s.l.Lock() + defer s.l.Unlock() + + // Ensure the lock is actually held + if !s.isHeld { + return ErrSemaphoreNotHeld + } + + // Set that we no longer own the lock + s.isHeld = false + + // Stop the session renew + if s.sessionRenew != nil { + defer func() { + close(s.sessionRenew) + s.sessionRenew = nil + }() + } + + // Get and clear the lock session + lockSession := s.lockSession + s.lockSession = "" + + // Remove ourselves as a lock holder + kv := s.c.KV() + key := path.Join(s.opts.Prefix, DefaultSemaphoreKey) +READ: + pair, _, err := kv.Get(key, nil) + if err != nil { + return err + } + if pair == nil { + pair = &KVPair{} + } + lock, err := s.decodeLock(pair) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + // Create a new lock without us as a holder + if _, ok := lock.Holders[lockSession]; ok { + delete(lock.Holders, lockSession) + newLock, err := s.encodeLock(lock, pair.ModifyIndex) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + // Swap the locks + didSet, _, err := kv.CAS(newLock, nil) + if err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("failed to update lock: %v", err) + } + if !didSet { + goto READ + } + } + + // Destroy the contender entry + contenderKey := path.Join(s.opts.Prefix, lockSession) + if _, err := kv.Delete(contenderKey, nil); err != nil { + return err + } + return nil +} + +// Destroy is used to cleanup the semaphore entry. It is not necessary +// to invoke. It will fail if the semaphore is in use. +func (s *Semaphore) Destroy() error { + // Hold the lock as we try to acquire + s.l.Lock() + defer s.l.Unlock() + + // Check if we already hold the semaphore + if s.isHeld { + return ErrSemaphoreHeld + } + + // List for the semaphore + kv := s.c.KV() + pairs, _, err := kv.List(s.opts.Prefix, nil) + if err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("failed to read prefix: %v", err) + } + + // Find the lock pair, bail if it doesn't exist + lockPair := s.findLock(pairs) + if lockPair.ModifyIndex == 0 { + return nil + } + if lockPair.Flags != SemaphoreFlagValue { + return ErrSemaphoreConflict + } + + // Decode the lock + lock, err := s.decodeLock(lockPair) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + // Prune the dead holders + s.pruneDeadHolders(lock, pairs) + + // Check if there are any holders + if len(lock.Holders) > 0 { + return ErrSemaphoreInUse + } + + // Attempt the delete + didRemove, _, err := kv.DeleteCAS(lockPair, nil) + if err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("failed to remove semaphore: %v", err) + } + if !didRemove { + return ErrSemaphoreInUse + } + return nil +} + +// createSession is used to create a new managed session +func (s *Semaphore) createSession() (string, error) { + session := s.c.Session() + se := &SessionEntry{ + Name: s.opts.SessionName, + TTL: s.opts.SessionTTL, + Behavior: SessionBehaviorDelete, + } + id, _, err := session.Create(se, nil) + if err != nil { + return "", err + } + return id, nil +} + +// contenderEntry returns a formatted KVPair for the contender +func (s *Semaphore) contenderEntry(session string) *KVPair { + return &KVPair{ + Key: path.Join(s.opts.Prefix, session), + Value: s.opts.Value, + Session: session, + Flags: SemaphoreFlagValue, + } +} + +// findLock is used to find the KV Pair which is used for coordination +func (s *Semaphore) findLock(pairs KVPairs) *KVPair { + key := path.Join(s.opts.Prefix, DefaultSemaphoreKey) + for _, pair := range pairs { + if pair.Key == key { + return pair + } + } + return &KVPair{Flags: SemaphoreFlagValue} +} + +// decodeLock is used to decode a semaphoreLock from an +// entry in Consul +func (s *Semaphore) decodeLock(pair *KVPair) (*semaphoreLock, error) { + // Handle if there is no lock + if pair == nil || pair.Value == nil { + return &semaphoreLock{ + Limit: s.opts.Limit, + Holders: make(map[string]bool), + }, nil + } + + l := &semaphoreLock{} + if err := json.Unmarshal(pair.Value, l); err != nil { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("lock decoding failed: %v", err) + } + return l, nil +} + +// encodeLock is used to encode a semaphoreLock into a KVPair +// that can be PUT +func (s *Semaphore) encodeLock(l *semaphoreLock, oldIndex uint64) (*KVPair, error) { + enc, err := json.Marshal(l) + if err != nil { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("lock encoding failed: %v", err) + } + pair := &KVPair{ + Key: path.Join(s.opts.Prefix, DefaultSemaphoreKey), + Value: enc, + Flags: SemaphoreFlagValue, + ModifyIndex: oldIndex, + } + return pair, nil +} + +// pruneDeadHolders is used to remove all the dead lock holders +func (s *Semaphore) pruneDeadHolders(lock *semaphoreLock, pairs KVPairs) { + // Gather all the live holders + alive := make(map[string]struct{}, len(pairs)) + for _, pair := range pairs { + if pair.Session != "" { + alive[pair.Session] = struct{}{} + } + } + + // Remove any holders that are dead + for holder := range lock.Holders { + if _, ok := alive[holder]; !ok { + delete(lock.Holders, holder) + } + } +} + +// monitorLock is a long running routine to monitor a semaphore ownership +// It closes the stopCh if we lose our slot. +func (s *Semaphore) monitorLock(session string, stopCh chan struct{}) { + defer close(stopCh) + kv := s.c.KV() + opts := &QueryOptions{RequireConsistent: true} +WAIT: + retries := s.opts.MonitorRetries +RETRY: + pairs, meta, err := kv.List(s.opts.Prefix, opts) + if err != nil { + // If configured we can try to ride out a brief Consul unavailability + // by doing retries. Note that we have to attempt the retry in a non- + // blocking fashion so that we have a clean place to reset the retry + // counter if service is restored. + if retries > 0 && IsRetryableError(err) { + time.Sleep(s.opts.MonitorRetryTime) + retries-- + opts.WaitIndex = 0 + goto RETRY + } + return + } + lockPair := s.findLock(pairs) + lock, err := s.decodeLock(lockPair) + if err != nil { + return + } + s.pruneDeadHolders(lock, pairs) + if _, ok := lock.Holders[session]; ok { + opts.WaitIndex = meta.LastIndex + goto WAIT + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/session.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/session.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1613f11a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/session.go @@ -0,0 +1,224 @@ +package api + +import ( + "errors" + "fmt" + "time" +) + +const ( + // SessionBehaviorRelease is the default behavior and causes + // all associated locks to be released on session invalidation. + SessionBehaviorRelease = "release" + + // SessionBehaviorDelete is new in Consul 0.5 and changes the + // behavior to delete all associated locks on session invalidation. + // It can be used in a way similar to Ephemeral Nodes in ZooKeeper. + SessionBehaviorDelete = "delete" +) + +var ErrSessionExpired = errors.New("session expired") + +// SessionEntry represents a session in consul +type SessionEntry struct { + CreateIndex uint64 + ID string + Name string + Node string + Checks []string + LockDelay time.Duration + Behavior string + TTL string +} + +// Session can be used to query the Session endpoints +type Session struct { + c *Client +} + +// Session returns a handle to the session endpoints +func (c *Client) Session() *Session { + return &Session{c} +} + +// CreateNoChecks is like Create but is used specifically to create +// a session with no associated health checks. +func (s *Session) CreateNoChecks(se *SessionEntry, q *WriteOptions) (string, *WriteMeta, error) { + body := make(map[string]interface{}) + body["Checks"] = []string{} + if se != nil { + if se.Name != "" { + body["Name"] = se.Name + } + if se.Node != "" { + body["Node"] = se.Node + } + if se.LockDelay != 0 { + body["LockDelay"] = durToMsec(se.LockDelay) + } + if se.Behavior != "" { + body["Behavior"] = se.Behavior + } + if se.TTL != "" { + body["TTL"] = se.TTL + } + } + return s.create(body, q) + +} + +// Create makes a new session. Providing a session entry can +// customize the session. It can also be nil to use defaults. +func (s *Session) Create(se *SessionEntry, q *WriteOptions) (string, *WriteMeta, error) { + var obj interface{} + if se != nil { + body := make(map[string]interface{}) + obj = body + if se.Name != "" { + body["Name"] = se.Name + } + if se.Node != "" { + body["Node"] = se.Node + } + if se.LockDelay != 0 { + body["LockDelay"] = durToMsec(se.LockDelay) + } + if len(se.Checks) > 0 { + body["Checks"] = se.Checks + } + if se.Behavior != "" { + body["Behavior"] = se.Behavior + } + if se.TTL != "" { + body["TTL"] = se.TTL + } + } + return s.create(obj, q) +} + +func (s *Session) create(obj interface{}, q *WriteOptions) (string, *WriteMeta, error) { + var out struct{ ID string } + wm, err := s.c.write("/v1/session/create", obj, &out, q) + if err != nil { + return "", nil, err + } + return out.ID, wm, nil +} + +// Destroy invalidates a given session +func (s *Session) Destroy(id string, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) { + wm, err := s.c.write("/v1/session/destroy/"+id, nil, nil, q) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return wm, nil +} + +// Renew renews the TTL on a given session +func (s *Session) Renew(id string, q *WriteOptions) (*SessionEntry, *WriteMeta, error) { + r := s.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/session/renew/"+id) + r.setWriteOptions(q) + rtt, resp, err := s.c.doRequest(r) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + wm := &WriteMeta{RequestTime: rtt} + + if resp.StatusCode == 404 { + return nil, wm, nil + } else if resp.StatusCode != 200 { + return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("Unexpected response code: %d", resp.StatusCode) + } + + var entries []*SessionEntry + if err := decodeBody(resp, &entries); err != nil { + return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("Failed to read response: %v", err) + } + if len(entries) > 0 { + return entries[0], wm, nil + } + return nil, wm, nil +} + +// RenewPeriodic is used to periodically invoke Session.Renew on a +// session until a doneCh is closed. This is meant to be used in a long running +// goroutine to ensure a session stays valid. +func (s *Session) RenewPeriodic(initialTTL string, id string, q *WriteOptions, doneCh <-chan struct{}) error { + ctx := q.Context() + + ttl, err := time.ParseDuration(initialTTL) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + waitDur := ttl / 2 + lastRenewTime := time.Now() + var lastErr error + for { + if time.Since(lastRenewTime) > ttl { + return lastErr + } + select { + case <-time.After(waitDur): + entry, _, err := s.Renew(id, q) + if err != nil { + waitDur = time.Second + lastErr = err + continue + } + if entry == nil { + return ErrSessionExpired + } + + // Handle the server updating the TTL + ttl, _ = time.ParseDuration(entry.TTL) + waitDur = ttl / 2 + lastRenewTime = time.Now() + + case <-doneCh: + // Attempt a session destroy + s.Destroy(id, q) + return nil + + case <-ctx.Done(): + // Bail immediately since attempting the destroy would + // use the canceled context in q, which would just bail. + return ctx.Err() + } + } +} + +// Info looks up a single session +func (s *Session) Info(id string, q *QueryOptions) (*SessionEntry, *QueryMeta, error) { + var entries []*SessionEntry + qm, err := s.c.query("/v1/session/info/"+id, &entries, q) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + if len(entries) > 0 { + return entries[0], qm, nil + } + return nil, qm, nil +} + +// List gets sessions for a node +func (s *Session) Node(node string, q *QueryOptions) ([]*SessionEntry, *QueryMeta, error) { + var entries []*SessionEntry + qm, err := s.c.query("/v1/session/node/"+node, &entries, q) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + return entries, qm, nil +} + +// List gets all active sessions +func (s *Session) List(q *QueryOptions) ([]*SessionEntry, *QueryMeta, error) { + var entries []*SessionEntry + qm, err := s.c.query("/v1/session/list", &entries, q) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + return entries, qm, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/snapshot.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/snapshot.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e902377dd --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/snapshot.go @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +package api + +import ( + "io" +) + +// Snapshot can be used to query the /v1/snapshot endpoint to take snapshots of +// Consul's internal state and restore snapshots for disaster recovery. +type Snapshot struct { + c *Client +} + +// Snapshot returns a handle that exposes the snapshot endpoints. +func (c *Client) Snapshot() *Snapshot { + return &Snapshot{c} +} + +// Save requests a new snapshot and provides an io.ReadCloser with the snapshot +// data to save. If this doesn't return an error, then it's the responsibility +// of the caller to close it. Only a subset of the QueryOptions are supported: +// Datacenter, AllowStale, and Token. +func (s *Snapshot) Save(q *QueryOptions) (io.ReadCloser, *QueryMeta, error) { + r := s.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/snapshot") + r.setQueryOptions(q) + + rtt, resp, err := requireOK(s.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil, err + } + + qm := &QueryMeta{} + parseQueryMeta(resp, qm) + qm.RequestTime = rtt + return resp.Body, qm, nil +} + +// Restore streams in an existing snapshot and attempts to restore it. +func (s *Snapshot) Restore(q *WriteOptions, in io.Reader) error { + r := s.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/snapshot") + r.body = in + r.setWriteOptions(q) + _, _, err := requireOK(s.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return err + } + return nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/status.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/status.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..74ef61a67 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/status.go @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +package api + +// Status can be used to query the Status endpoints +type Status struct { + c *Client +} + +// Status returns a handle to the status endpoints +func (c *Client) Status() *Status { + return &Status{c} +} + +// Leader is used to query for a known leader +func (s *Status) Leader() (string, error) { + r := s.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/status/leader") + _, resp, err := requireOK(s.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return "", err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + var leader string + if err := decodeBody(resp, &leader); err != nil { + return "", err + } + return leader, nil +} + +// Peers is used to query for a known raft peers +func (s *Status) Peers() ([]string, error) { + r := s.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/status/peers") + _, resp, err := requireOK(s.c.doRequest(r)) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + + var peers []string + if err := decodeBody(resp, &peers); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return peers, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e87a115e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,363 @@ +Mozilla Public License, version 2.0 + +1. Definitions + +1.1. "Contributor" + + means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the + creation of, or owns Covered Software. + +1.2. "Contributor Version" + + means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a + Contributor and that particular Contributor's Contribution. + +1.3. "Contribution" + + means Covered Software of a particular Contributor. + +1.4. "Covered Software" + + means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the + notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and + Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions + thereof. + +1.5. "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses" + means + + a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in + Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or + + b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of + version 1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of + a Secondary License. + +1.6. "Executable Form" + + means any form of the work other than Source Code Form. + +1.7. "Larger Work" + + means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a + separate file or files, that is not Covered Software. + +1.8. "License" + + means this document. + +1.9. "Licensable" + + means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether + at the time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the + rights conveyed by this License. + +1.10. "Modifications" + + means any of the following: + + a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to, + deletion from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or + + b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software. + +1.11. "Patent Claims" of a Contributor + + means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method, + process, and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such + Contributor that would be infringed, but for the grant of the License, + by the making, using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import, + or transfer of either its Contributions or its Contributor Version. + +1.12. "Secondary License" + + means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser + General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public + License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses. + +1.13. "Source Code Form" + + means the form of the work preferred for making modifications. + +1.14. "You" (or "Your") + + means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this + License. For legal entities, "You" includes any entity that controls, is + controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this + definition, "control" means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause + the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or + otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the + outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity. + + +2. License Grants and Conditions + +2.1. Grants + + Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free, + non-exclusive license: + + a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) + Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available, + modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its + Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or + as part of a Larger Work; and + + b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for + sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its + Contributions or its Contributor Version. + +2.2. Effective Date + + The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution + become effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first + distributes such Contribution. + +2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope + + The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under + this License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the + distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License. + Notwithstanding Section 2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a + Contributor: + + a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or + + b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party's + modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its + Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor + Version); or + + c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of + its Contributions. + + This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks, + or logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with + the notice requirements in Section 3.4). + +2.4. Subsequent Licenses + + No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to + distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this + License (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if + permitted under the terms of Section 3.3). + +2.5. Representation + + Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its + Contributions are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to + grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License. + +2.6. Fair Use + + This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under + applicable copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other + equivalents. + +2.7. Conditions + + Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in + Section 2.1. + + +3. Responsibilities + +3.1. Distribution of Source Form + + All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any + Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under + the terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source + Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this + License, and how they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not + attempt to alter or restrict the recipients' rights in the Source Code + Form. + +3.2. Distribution of Executable Form + + If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then: + + a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form, + as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the + Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by + reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost + of distribution to the recipient; and + + b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this + License, or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the + license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the + recipients' rights in the Source Code Form under this License. + +3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work + + You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice, + provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for + the Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered + Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the + Covered Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this + License permits You to additionally distribute such Covered Software + under the terms of such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of + the Larger Work may, at their option, further distribute the Covered + Software under the terms of either this License or such Secondary + License(s). + +3.4. Notices + + You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices + (including copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or + limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the + Covered Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the + extent required to remedy known factual inaccuracies. + +3.5. Application of Additional Terms + + You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support, + indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered + Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on + behalf of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any + such warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by + You alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any + liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support, + indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional + disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any + jurisdiction. + +4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation + + If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License + with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute, + judicial order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of + this License to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the + limitations and the code they affect. Such description must be placed in a + text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under + this License. Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation, + such description must be sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary + skill to be able to understand it. + +5. Termination + +5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You + fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant, + then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor + are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor + explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing + basis, if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by + some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into + compliance. Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are + reinstated on an ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the + non-compliance by some reasonable means, this is the first time You have + received notice of non-compliance with this License from such + Contributor, and You become compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt + of the notice. + +5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent + infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions, + counter-claims, and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version + directly or indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to + You by any and all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section + 2.1 of this License shall terminate. + +5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user + license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been + validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to + termination shall survive termination. + +6. Disclaimer of Warranty + + Covered Software is provided under this License on an "as is" basis, + without warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory, + including, without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free + of defects, merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing. + The entire risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software + is with You. Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, + You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, + repair, or correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential + part of this License. No use of any Covered Software is authorized under + this License except under this disclaimer. + +7. Limitation of Liability + + Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including + negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who + distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any + direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any + character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of + goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all + other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been + informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability + shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from + such party's negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such + limitation. Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of + incidental or consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may + not apply to You. + +8. Litigation + + Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts + of a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of + business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that + jurisdiction, without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing + in this Section shall prevent a party's ability to bring cross-claims or + counter-claims. + +9. Miscellaneous + + This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject + matter hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be + unenforceable, such provision shall be reformed only to the extent + necessary to make it enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that + the language of a contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not + be used to construe this License against a Contributor. + + +10. Versions of the License + +10.1. New Versions + + Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section + 10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or + publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a + distinguishing version number. + +10.2. Effect of New Versions + + You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version + of the License under which You originally received the Covered Software, + or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license + steward. + +10.3. Modified Versions + + If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to + create a new license for such software, you may create and use a + modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove + any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that + such modified license differs from this License). + +10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary + Licenses If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is + Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of + the License, the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be + attached. + +Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice + + This Source Code Form is subject to the + terms of the Mozilla Public License, v. + 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not + distributed with this file, You can + obtain one at + http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file, +then You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a +relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a +notice. + +You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership. + +Exhibit B - "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses" Notice + + This Source Code Form is "Incompatible + With Secondary Licenses", as defined by + the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. + diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/README.md b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/README.md new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8910fcc03 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +go-immutable-radix [![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix.png)](https://travis-ci.org/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix) +========= + +Provides the `iradix` package that implements an immutable [radix tree](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Radix_tree). +The package only provides a single `Tree` implementation, optimized for sparse nodes. + +As a radix tree, it provides the following: + * O(k) operations. In many cases, this can be faster than a hash table since + the hash function is an O(k) operation, and hash tables have very poor cache locality. + * Minimum / Maximum value lookups + * Ordered iteration + +A tree supports using a transaction to batch multiple updates (insert, delete) +in a more efficient manner than performing each operation one at a time. + +For a mutable variant, see [go-radix](https://github.com/armon/go-radix). + +Documentation +============= + +The full documentation is available on [Godoc](http://godoc.org/github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix). + +Example +======= + +Below is a simple example of usage + +```go +// Create a tree +r := iradix.New() +r, _, _ = r.Insert([]byte("foo"), 1) +r, _, _ = r.Insert([]byte("bar"), 2) +r, _, _ = r.Insert([]byte("foobar"), 2) + +// Find the longest prefix match +m, _, _ := r.Root().LongestPrefix([]byte("foozip")) +if string(m) != "foo" { + panic("should be foo") +} +``` + diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/edges.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/edges.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a63674775 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/edges.go @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +package iradix + +import "sort" + +type edges []edge + +func (e edges) Len() int { + return len(e) +} + +func (e edges) Less(i, j int) bool { + return e[i].label < e[j].label +} + +func (e edges) Swap(i, j int) { + e[i], e[j] = e[j], e[i] +} + +func (e edges) Sort() { + sort.Sort(e) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/iradix.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/iradix.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e5e6e57f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/iradix.go @@ -0,0 +1,662 @@ +package iradix + +import ( + "bytes" + "strings" + + "github.com/hashicorp/golang-lru/simplelru" +) + +const ( + // defaultModifiedCache is the default size of the modified node + // cache used per transaction. This is used to cache the updates + // to the nodes near the root, while the leaves do not need to be + // cached. This is important for very large transactions to prevent + // the modified cache from growing to be enormous. This is also used + // to set the max size of the mutation notify maps since those should + // also be bounded in a similar way. + defaultModifiedCache = 8192 +) + +// Tree implements an immutable radix tree. This can be treated as a +// Dictionary abstract data type. The main advantage over a standard +// hash map is prefix-based lookups and ordered iteration. The immutability +// means that it is safe to concurrently read from a Tree without any +// coordination. +type Tree struct { + root *Node + size int +} + +// New returns an empty Tree +func New() *Tree { + t := &Tree{ + root: &Node{ + mutateCh: make(chan struct{}), + }, + } + return t +} + +// Len is used to return the number of elements in the tree +func (t *Tree) Len() int { + return t.size +} + +// Txn is a transaction on the tree. This transaction is applied +// atomically and returns a new tree when committed. A transaction +// is not thread safe, and should only be used by a single goroutine. +type Txn struct { + // root is the modified root for the transaction. + root *Node + + // snap is a snapshot of the root node for use if we have to run the + // slow notify algorithm. + snap *Node + + // size tracks the size of the tree as it is modified during the + // transaction. + size int + + // writable is a cache of writable nodes that have been created during + // the course of the transaction. This allows us to re-use the same + // nodes for further writes and avoid unnecessary copies of nodes that + // have never been exposed outside the transaction. This will only hold + // up to defaultModifiedCache number of entries. + writable *simplelru.LRU + + // trackChannels is used to hold channels that need to be notified to + // signal mutation of the tree. This will only hold up to + // defaultModifiedCache number of entries, after which we will set the + // trackOverflow flag, which will cause us to use a more expensive + // algorithm to perform the notifications. Mutation tracking is only + // performed if trackMutate is true. + trackChannels map[chan struct{}]struct{} + trackOverflow bool + trackMutate bool +} + +// Txn starts a new transaction that can be used to mutate the tree +func (t *Tree) Txn() *Txn { + txn := &Txn{ + root: t.root, + snap: t.root, + size: t.size, + } + return txn +} + +// TrackMutate can be used to toggle if mutations are tracked. If this is enabled +// then notifications will be issued for affected internal nodes and leaves when +// the transaction is committed. +func (t *Txn) TrackMutate(track bool) { + t.trackMutate = track +} + +// trackChannel safely attempts to track the given mutation channel, setting the +// overflow flag if we can no longer track any more. This limits the amount of +// state that will accumulate during a transaction and we have a slower algorithm +// to switch to if we overflow. +func (t *Txn) trackChannel(ch chan struct{}) { + // In overflow, make sure we don't store any more objects. + if t.trackOverflow { + return + } + + // If this would overflow the state we reject it and set the flag (since + // we aren't tracking everything that's required any longer). + if len(t.trackChannels) >= defaultModifiedCache { + // Mark that we are in the overflow state + t.trackOverflow = true + + // Clear the map so that the channels can be garbage collected. It is + // safe to do this since we have already overflowed and will be using + // the slow notify algorithm. + t.trackChannels = nil + return + } + + // Create the map on the fly when we need it. + if t.trackChannels == nil { + t.trackChannels = make(map[chan struct{}]struct{}) + } + + // Otherwise we are good to track it. + t.trackChannels[ch] = struct{}{} +} + +// writeNode returns a node to be modified, if the current node has already been +// modified during the course of the transaction, it is used in-place. Set +// forLeafUpdate to true if you are getting a write node to update the leaf, +// which will set leaf mutation tracking appropriately as well. +func (t *Txn) writeNode(n *Node, forLeafUpdate bool) *Node { + // Ensure the writable set exists. + if t.writable == nil { + lru, err := simplelru.NewLRU(defaultModifiedCache, nil) + if err != nil { + panic(err) + } + t.writable = lru + } + + // If this node has already been modified, we can continue to use it + // during this transaction. We know that we don't need to track it for + // a node update since the node is writable, but if this is for a leaf + // update we track it, in case the initial write to this node didn't + // update the leaf. + if _, ok := t.writable.Get(n); ok { + if t.trackMutate && forLeafUpdate && n.leaf != nil { + t.trackChannel(n.leaf.mutateCh) + } + return n + } + + // Mark this node as being mutated. + if t.trackMutate { + t.trackChannel(n.mutateCh) + } + + // Mark its leaf as being mutated, if appropriate. + if t.trackMutate && forLeafUpdate && n.leaf != nil { + t.trackChannel(n.leaf.mutateCh) + } + + // Copy the existing node. If you have set forLeafUpdate it will be + // safe to replace this leaf with another after you get your node for + // writing. You MUST replace it, because the channel associated with + // this leaf will be closed when this transaction is committed. + nc := &Node{ + mutateCh: make(chan struct{}), + leaf: n.leaf, + } + if n.prefix != nil { + nc.prefix = make([]byte, len(n.prefix)) + copy(nc.prefix, n.prefix) + } + if len(n.edges) != 0 { + nc.edges = make([]edge, len(n.edges)) + copy(nc.edges, n.edges) + } + + // Mark this node as writable. + t.writable.Add(nc, nil) + return nc +} + +// Visit all the nodes in the tree under n, and add their mutateChannels to the transaction +// Returns the size of the subtree visited +func (t *Txn) trackChannelsAndCount(n *Node) int { + // Count only leaf nodes + leaves := 0 + if n.leaf != nil { + leaves = 1 + } + // Mark this node as being mutated. + if t.trackMutate { + t.trackChannel(n.mutateCh) + } + + // Mark its leaf as being mutated, if appropriate. + if t.trackMutate && n.leaf != nil { + t.trackChannel(n.leaf.mutateCh) + } + + // Recurse on the children + for _, e := range n.edges { + leaves += t.trackChannelsAndCount(e.node) + } + return leaves +} + +// mergeChild is called to collapse the given node with its child. This is only +// called when the given node is not a leaf and has a single edge. +func (t *Txn) mergeChild(n *Node) { + // Mark the child node as being mutated since we are about to abandon + // it. We don't need to mark the leaf since we are retaining it if it + // is there. + e := n.edges[0] + child := e.node + if t.trackMutate { + t.trackChannel(child.mutateCh) + } + + // Merge the nodes. + n.prefix = concat(n.prefix, child.prefix) + n.leaf = child.leaf + if len(child.edges) != 0 { + n.edges = make([]edge, len(child.edges)) + copy(n.edges, child.edges) + } else { + n.edges = nil + } +} + +// insert does a recursive insertion +func (t *Txn) insert(n *Node, k, search []byte, v interface{}) (*Node, interface{}, bool) { + // Handle key exhaustion + if len(search) == 0 { + var oldVal interface{} + didUpdate := false + if n.isLeaf() { + oldVal = n.leaf.val + didUpdate = true + } + + nc := t.writeNode(n, true) + nc.leaf = &leafNode{ + mutateCh: make(chan struct{}), + key: k, + val: v, + } + return nc, oldVal, didUpdate + } + + // Look for the edge + idx, child := n.getEdge(search[0]) + + // No edge, create one + if child == nil { + e := edge{ + label: search[0], + node: &Node{ + mutateCh: make(chan struct{}), + leaf: &leafNode{ + mutateCh: make(chan struct{}), + key: k, + val: v, + }, + prefix: search, + }, + } + nc := t.writeNode(n, false) + nc.addEdge(e) + return nc, nil, false + } + + // Determine longest prefix of the search key on match + commonPrefix := longestPrefix(search, child.prefix) + if commonPrefix == len(child.prefix) { + search = search[commonPrefix:] + newChild, oldVal, didUpdate := t.insert(child, k, search, v) + if newChild != nil { + nc := t.writeNode(n, false) + nc.edges[idx].node = newChild + return nc, oldVal, didUpdate + } + return nil, oldVal, didUpdate + } + + // Split the node + nc := t.writeNode(n, false) + splitNode := &Node{ + mutateCh: make(chan struct{}), + prefix: search[:commonPrefix], + } + nc.replaceEdge(edge{ + label: search[0], + node: splitNode, + }) + + // Restore the existing child node + modChild := t.writeNode(child, false) + splitNode.addEdge(edge{ + label: modChild.prefix[commonPrefix], + node: modChild, + }) + modChild.prefix = modChild.prefix[commonPrefix:] + + // Create a new leaf node + leaf := &leafNode{ + mutateCh: make(chan struct{}), + key: k, + val: v, + } + + // If the new key is a subset, add to to this node + search = search[commonPrefix:] + if len(search) == 0 { + splitNode.leaf = leaf + return nc, nil, false + } + + // Create a new edge for the node + splitNode.addEdge(edge{ + label: search[0], + node: &Node{ + mutateCh: make(chan struct{}), + leaf: leaf, + prefix: search, + }, + }) + return nc, nil, false +} + +// delete does a recursive deletion +func (t *Txn) delete(parent, n *Node, search []byte) (*Node, *leafNode) { + // Check for key exhaustion + if len(search) == 0 { + if !n.isLeaf() { + return nil, nil + } + // Copy the pointer in case we are in a transaction that already + // modified this node since the node will be reused. Any changes + // made to the node will not affect returning the original leaf + // value. + oldLeaf := n.leaf + + // Remove the leaf node + nc := t.writeNode(n, true) + nc.leaf = nil + + // Check if this node should be merged + if n != t.root && len(nc.edges) == 1 { + t.mergeChild(nc) + } + return nc, oldLeaf + } + + // Look for an edge + label := search[0] + idx, child := n.getEdge(label) + if child == nil || !bytes.HasPrefix(search, child.prefix) { + return nil, nil + } + + // Consume the search prefix + search = search[len(child.prefix):] + newChild, leaf := t.delete(n, child, search) + if newChild == nil { + return nil, nil + } + + // Copy this node. WATCH OUT - it's safe to pass "false" here because we + // will only ADD a leaf via nc.mergeChild() if there isn't one due to + // the !nc.isLeaf() check in the logic just below. This is pretty subtle, + // so be careful if you change any of the logic here. + nc := t.writeNode(n, false) + + // Delete the edge if the node has no edges + if newChild.leaf == nil && len(newChild.edges) == 0 { + nc.delEdge(label) + if n != t.root && len(nc.edges) == 1 && !nc.isLeaf() { + t.mergeChild(nc) + } + } else { + nc.edges[idx].node = newChild + } + return nc, leaf +} + +// delete does a recursive deletion +func (t *Txn) deletePrefix(parent, n *Node, search []byte) (*Node, int) { + // Check for key exhaustion + if len(search) == 0 { + nc := t.writeNode(n, true) + if n.isLeaf() { + nc.leaf = nil + } + nc.edges = nil + return nc, t.trackChannelsAndCount(n) + } + + // Look for an edge + label := search[0] + idx, child := n.getEdge(label) + // We make sure that either the child node's prefix starts with the search term, or the search term starts with the child node's prefix + // Need to do both so that we can delete prefixes that don't correspond to any node in the tree + if child == nil || (!bytes.HasPrefix(child.prefix, search) && !bytes.HasPrefix(search, child.prefix)) { + return nil, 0 + } + + // Consume the search prefix + if len(child.prefix) > len(search) { + search = []byte("") + } else { + search = search[len(child.prefix):] + } + newChild, numDeletions := t.deletePrefix(n, child, search) + if newChild == nil { + return nil, 0 + } + // Copy this node. WATCH OUT - it's safe to pass "false" here because we + // will only ADD a leaf via nc.mergeChild() if there isn't one due to + // the !nc.isLeaf() check in the logic just below. This is pretty subtle, + // so be careful if you change any of the logic here. + + nc := t.writeNode(n, false) + + // Delete the edge if the node has no edges + if newChild.leaf == nil && len(newChild.edges) == 0 { + nc.delEdge(label) + if n != t.root && len(nc.edges) == 1 && !nc.isLeaf() { + t.mergeChild(nc) + } + } else { + nc.edges[idx].node = newChild + } + return nc, numDeletions +} + +// Insert is used to add or update a given key. The return provides +// the previous value and a bool indicating if any was set. +func (t *Txn) Insert(k []byte, v interface{}) (interface{}, bool) { + newRoot, oldVal, didUpdate := t.insert(t.root, k, k, v) + if newRoot != nil { + t.root = newRoot + } + if !didUpdate { + t.size++ + } + return oldVal, didUpdate +} + +// Delete is used to delete a given key. Returns the old value if any, +// and a bool indicating if the key was set. +func (t *Txn) Delete(k []byte) (interface{}, bool) { + newRoot, leaf := t.delete(nil, t.root, k) + if newRoot != nil { + t.root = newRoot + } + if leaf != nil { + t.size-- + return leaf.val, true + } + return nil, false +} + +// DeletePrefix is used to delete an entire subtree that matches the prefix +// This will delete all nodes under that prefix +func (t *Txn) DeletePrefix(prefix []byte) bool { + newRoot, numDeletions := t.deletePrefix(nil, t.root, prefix) + if newRoot != nil { + t.root = newRoot + t.size = t.size - numDeletions + return true + } + return false + +} + +// Root returns the current root of the radix tree within this +// transaction. The root is not safe across insert and delete operations, +// but can be used to read the current state during a transaction. +func (t *Txn) Root() *Node { + return t.root +} + +// Get is used to lookup a specific key, returning +// the value and if it was found +func (t *Txn) Get(k []byte) (interface{}, bool) { + return t.root.Get(k) +} + +// GetWatch is used to lookup a specific key, returning +// the watch channel, value and if it was found +func (t *Txn) GetWatch(k []byte) (<-chan struct{}, interface{}, bool) { + return t.root.GetWatch(k) +} + +// Commit is used to finalize the transaction and return a new tree. If mutation +// tracking is turned on then notifications will also be issued. +func (t *Txn) Commit() *Tree { + nt := t.CommitOnly() + if t.trackMutate { + t.Notify() + } + return nt +} + +// CommitOnly is used to finalize the transaction and return a new tree, but +// does not issue any notifications until Notify is called. +func (t *Txn) CommitOnly() *Tree { + nt := &Tree{t.root, t.size} + t.writable = nil + return nt +} + +// slowNotify does a complete comparison of the before and after trees in order +// to trigger notifications. This doesn't require any additional state but it +// is very expensive to compute. +func (t *Txn) slowNotify() { + snapIter := t.snap.rawIterator() + rootIter := t.root.rawIterator() + for snapIter.Front() != nil || rootIter.Front() != nil { + // If we've exhausted the nodes in the old snapshot, we know + // there's nothing remaining to notify. + if snapIter.Front() == nil { + return + } + snapElem := snapIter.Front() + + // If we've exhausted the nodes in the new root, we know we need + // to invalidate everything that remains in the old snapshot. We + // know from the loop condition there's something in the old + // snapshot. + if rootIter.Front() == nil { + close(snapElem.mutateCh) + if snapElem.isLeaf() { + close(snapElem.leaf.mutateCh) + } + snapIter.Next() + continue + } + + // Do one string compare so we can check the various conditions + // below without repeating the compare. + cmp := strings.Compare(snapIter.Path(), rootIter.Path()) + + // If the snapshot is behind the root, then we must have deleted + // this node during the transaction. + if cmp < 0 { + close(snapElem.mutateCh) + if snapElem.isLeaf() { + close(snapElem.leaf.mutateCh) + } + snapIter.Next() + continue + } + + // If the snapshot is ahead of the root, then we must have added + // this node during the transaction. + if cmp > 0 { + rootIter.Next() + continue + } + + // If we have the same path, then we need to see if we mutated a + // node and possibly the leaf. + rootElem := rootIter.Front() + if snapElem != rootElem { + close(snapElem.mutateCh) + if snapElem.leaf != nil && (snapElem.leaf != rootElem.leaf) { + close(snapElem.leaf.mutateCh) + } + } + snapIter.Next() + rootIter.Next() + } +} + +// Notify is used along with TrackMutate to trigger notifications. This must +// only be done once a transaction is committed via CommitOnly, and it is called +// automatically by Commit. +func (t *Txn) Notify() { + if !t.trackMutate { + return + } + + // If we've overflowed the tracking state we can't use it in any way and + // need to do a full tree compare. + if t.trackOverflow { + t.slowNotify() + } else { + for ch := range t.trackChannels { + close(ch) + } + } + + // Clean up the tracking state so that a re-notify is safe (will trigger + // the else clause above which will be a no-op). + t.trackChannels = nil + t.trackOverflow = false +} + +// Insert is used to add or update a given key. The return provides +// the new tree, previous value and a bool indicating if any was set. +func (t *Tree) Insert(k []byte, v interface{}) (*Tree, interface{}, bool) { + txn := t.Txn() + old, ok := txn.Insert(k, v) + return txn.Commit(), old, ok +} + +// Delete is used to delete a given key. Returns the new tree, +// old value if any, and a bool indicating if the key was set. +func (t *Tree) Delete(k []byte) (*Tree, interface{}, bool) { + txn := t.Txn() + old, ok := txn.Delete(k) + return txn.Commit(), old, ok +} + +// DeletePrefix is used to delete all nodes starting with a given prefix. Returns the new tree, +// and a bool indicating if the prefix matched any nodes +func (t *Tree) DeletePrefix(k []byte) (*Tree, bool) { + txn := t.Txn() + ok := txn.DeletePrefix(k) + return txn.Commit(), ok +} + +// Root returns the root node of the tree which can be used for richer +// query operations. +func (t *Tree) Root() *Node { + return t.root +} + +// Get is used to lookup a specific key, returning +// the value and if it was found +func (t *Tree) Get(k []byte) (interface{}, bool) { + return t.root.Get(k) +} + +// longestPrefix finds the length of the shared prefix +// of two strings +func longestPrefix(k1, k2 []byte) int { + max := len(k1) + if l := len(k2); l < max { + max = l + } + var i int + for i = 0; i < max; i++ { + if k1[i] != k2[i] { + break + } + } + return i +} + +// concat two byte slices, returning a third new copy +func concat(a, b []byte) []byte { + c := make([]byte, len(a)+len(b)) + copy(c, a) + copy(c[len(a):], b) + return c +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/iter.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/iter.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9815e0253 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/iter.go @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +package iradix + +import "bytes" + +// Iterator is used to iterate over a set of nodes +// in pre-order +type Iterator struct { + node *Node + stack []edges +} + +// SeekPrefixWatch is used to seek the iterator to a given prefix +// and returns the watch channel of the finest granularity +func (i *Iterator) SeekPrefixWatch(prefix []byte) (watch <-chan struct{}) { + // Wipe the stack + i.stack = nil + n := i.node + watch = n.mutateCh + search := prefix + for { + // Check for key exhaution + if len(search) == 0 { + i.node = n + return + } + + // Look for an edge + _, n = n.getEdge(search[0]) + if n == nil { + i.node = nil + return + } + + // Update to the finest granularity as the search makes progress + watch = n.mutateCh + + // Consume the search prefix + if bytes.HasPrefix(search, n.prefix) { + search = search[len(n.prefix):] + + } else if bytes.HasPrefix(n.prefix, search) { + i.node = n + return + } else { + i.node = nil + return + } + } +} + +// SeekPrefix is used to seek the iterator to a given prefix +func (i *Iterator) SeekPrefix(prefix []byte) { + i.SeekPrefixWatch(prefix) +} + +// Next returns the next node in order +func (i *Iterator) Next() ([]byte, interface{}, bool) { + // Initialize our stack if needed + if i.stack == nil && i.node != nil { + i.stack = []edges{ + edges{ + edge{node: i.node}, + }, + } + } + + for len(i.stack) > 0 { + // Inspect the last element of the stack + n := len(i.stack) + last := i.stack[n-1] + elem := last[0].node + + // Update the stack + if len(last) > 1 { + i.stack[n-1] = last[1:] + } else { + i.stack = i.stack[:n-1] + } + + // Push the edges onto the frontier + if len(elem.edges) > 0 { + i.stack = append(i.stack, elem.edges) + } + + // Return the leaf values if any + if elem.leaf != nil { + return elem.leaf.key, elem.leaf.val, true + } + } + return nil, nil, false +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/node.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/node.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7a065e7a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/node.go @@ -0,0 +1,292 @@ +package iradix + +import ( + "bytes" + "sort" +) + +// WalkFn is used when walking the tree. Takes a +// key and value, returning if iteration should +// be terminated. +type WalkFn func(k []byte, v interface{}) bool + +// leafNode is used to represent a value +type leafNode struct { + mutateCh chan struct{} + key []byte + val interface{} +} + +// edge is used to represent an edge node +type edge struct { + label byte + node *Node +} + +// Node is an immutable node in the radix tree +type Node struct { + // mutateCh is closed if this node is modified + mutateCh chan struct{} + + // leaf is used to store possible leaf + leaf *leafNode + + // prefix is the common prefix we ignore + prefix []byte + + // Edges should be stored in-order for iteration. + // We avoid a fully materialized slice to save memory, + // since in most cases we expect to be sparse + edges edges +} + +func (n *Node) isLeaf() bool { + return n.leaf != nil +} + +func (n *Node) addEdge(e edge) { + num := len(n.edges) + idx := sort.Search(num, func(i int) bool { + return n.edges[i].label >= e.label + }) + n.edges = append(n.edges, e) + if idx != num { + copy(n.edges[idx+1:], n.edges[idx:num]) + n.edges[idx] = e + } +} + +func (n *Node) replaceEdge(e edge) { + num := len(n.edges) + idx := sort.Search(num, func(i int) bool { + return n.edges[i].label >= e.label + }) + if idx < num && n.edges[idx].label == e.label { + n.edges[idx].node = e.node + return + } + panic("replacing missing edge") +} + +func (n *Node) getEdge(label byte) (int, *Node) { + num := len(n.edges) + idx := sort.Search(num, func(i int) bool { + return n.edges[i].label >= label + }) + if idx < num && n.edges[idx].label == label { + return idx, n.edges[idx].node + } + return -1, nil +} + +func (n *Node) delEdge(label byte) { + num := len(n.edges) + idx := sort.Search(num, func(i int) bool { + return n.edges[i].label >= label + }) + if idx < num && n.edges[idx].label == label { + copy(n.edges[idx:], n.edges[idx+1:]) + n.edges[len(n.edges)-1] = edge{} + n.edges = n.edges[:len(n.edges)-1] + } +} + +func (n *Node) GetWatch(k []byte) (<-chan struct{}, interface{}, bool) { + search := k + watch := n.mutateCh + for { + // Check for key exhaustion + if len(search) == 0 { + if n.isLeaf() { + return n.leaf.mutateCh, n.leaf.val, true + } + break + } + + // Look for an edge + _, n = n.getEdge(search[0]) + if n == nil { + break + } + + // Update to the finest granularity as the search makes progress + watch = n.mutateCh + + // Consume the search prefix + if bytes.HasPrefix(search, n.prefix) { + search = search[len(n.prefix):] + } else { + break + } + } + return watch, nil, false +} + +func (n *Node) Get(k []byte) (interface{}, bool) { + _, val, ok := n.GetWatch(k) + return val, ok +} + +// LongestPrefix is like Get, but instead of an +// exact match, it will return the longest prefix match. +func (n *Node) LongestPrefix(k []byte) ([]byte, interface{}, bool) { + var last *leafNode + search := k + for { + // Look for a leaf node + if n.isLeaf() { + last = n.leaf + } + + // Check for key exhaution + if len(search) == 0 { + break + } + + // Look for an edge + _, n = n.getEdge(search[0]) + if n == nil { + break + } + + // Consume the search prefix + if bytes.HasPrefix(search, n.prefix) { + search = search[len(n.prefix):] + } else { + break + } + } + if last != nil { + return last.key, last.val, true + } + return nil, nil, false +} + +// Minimum is used to return the minimum value in the tree +func (n *Node) Minimum() ([]byte, interface{}, bool) { + for { + if n.isLeaf() { + return n.leaf.key, n.leaf.val, true + } + if len(n.edges) > 0 { + n = n.edges[0].node + } else { + break + } + } + return nil, nil, false +} + +// Maximum is used to return the maximum value in the tree +func (n *Node) Maximum() ([]byte, interface{}, bool) { + for { + if num := len(n.edges); num > 0 { + n = n.edges[num-1].node + continue + } + if n.isLeaf() { + return n.leaf.key, n.leaf.val, true + } else { + break + } + } + return nil, nil, false +} + +// Iterator is used to return an iterator at +// the given node to walk the tree +func (n *Node) Iterator() *Iterator { + return &Iterator{node: n} +} + +// rawIterator is used to return a raw iterator at the given node to walk the +// tree. +func (n *Node) rawIterator() *rawIterator { + iter := &rawIterator{node: n} + iter.Next() + return iter +} + +// Walk is used to walk the tree +func (n *Node) Walk(fn WalkFn) { + recursiveWalk(n, fn) +} + +// WalkPrefix is used to walk the tree under a prefix +func (n *Node) WalkPrefix(prefix []byte, fn WalkFn) { + search := prefix + for { + // Check for key exhaution + if len(search) == 0 { + recursiveWalk(n, fn) + return + } + + // Look for an edge + _, n = n.getEdge(search[0]) + if n == nil { + break + } + + // Consume the search prefix + if bytes.HasPrefix(search, n.prefix) { + search = search[len(n.prefix):] + + } else if bytes.HasPrefix(n.prefix, search) { + // Child may be under our search prefix + recursiveWalk(n, fn) + return + } else { + break + } + } +} + +// WalkPath is used to walk the tree, but only visiting nodes +// from the root down to a given leaf. Where WalkPrefix walks +// all the entries *under* the given prefix, this walks the +// entries *above* the given prefix. +func (n *Node) WalkPath(path []byte, fn WalkFn) { + search := path + for { + // Visit the leaf values if any + if n.leaf != nil && fn(n.leaf.key, n.leaf.val) { + return + } + + // Check for key exhaution + if len(search) == 0 { + return + } + + // Look for an edge + _, n = n.getEdge(search[0]) + if n == nil { + return + } + + // Consume the search prefix + if bytes.HasPrefix(search, n.prefix) { + search = search[len(n.prefix):] + } else { + break + } + } +} + +// recursiveWalk is used to do a pre-order walk of a node +// recursively. Returns true if the walk should be aborted +func recursiveWalk(n *Node, fn WalkFn) bool { + // Visit the leaf values if any + if n.leaf != nil && fn(n.leaf.key, n.leaf.val) { + return true + } + + // Recurse on the children + for _, e := range n.edges { + if recursiveWalk(e.node, fn) { + return true + } + } + return false +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/raw_iter.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/raw_iter.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..04814c132 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/raw_iter.go @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +package iradix + +// rawIterator visits each of the nodes in the tree, even the ones that are not +// leaves. It keeps track of the effective path (what a leaf at a given node +// would be called), which is useful for comparing trees. +type rawIterator struct { + // node is the starting node in the tree for the iterator. + node *Node + + // stack keeps track of edges in the frontier. + stack []rawStackEntry + + // pos is the current position of the iterator. + pos *Node + + // path is the effective path of the current iterator position, + // regardless of whether the current node is a leaf. + path string +} + +// rawStackEntry is used to keep track of the cumulative common path as well as +// its associated edges in the frontier. +type rawStackEntry struct { + path string + edges edges +} + +// Front returns the current node that has been iterated to. +func (i *rawIterator) Front() *Node { + return i.pos +} + +// Path returns the effective path of the current node, even if it's not actually +// a leaf. +func (i *rawIterator) Path() string { + return i.path +} + +// Next advances the iterator to the next node. +func (i *rawIterator) Next() { + // Initialize our stack if needed. + if i.stack == nil && i.node != nil { + i.stack = []rawStackEntry{ + rawStackEntry{ + edges: edges{ + edge{node: i.node}, + }, + }, + } + } + + for len(i.stack) > 0 { + // Inspect the last element of the stack. + n := len(i.stack) + last := i.stack[n-1] + elem := last.edges[0].node + + // Update the stack. + if len(last.edges) > 1 { + i.stack[n-1].edges = last.edges[1:] + } else { + i.stack = i.stack[:n-1] + } + + // Push the edges onto the frontier. + if len(elem.edges) > 0 { + path := last.path + string(elem.prefix) + i.stack = append(i.stack, rawStackEntry{path, elem.edges}) + } + + i.pos = elem + i.path = last.path + string(elem.prefix) + return + } + + i.pos = nil + i.path = "" +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/golang-lru/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/golang-lru/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be2cc4dfb --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/golang-lru/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,362 @@ +Mozilla Public License, version 2.0 + +1. Definitions + +1.1. "Contributor" + + means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the + creation of, or owns Covered Software. + +1.2. "Contributor Version" + + means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a + Contributor and that particular Contributor's Contribution. + +1.3. "Contribution" + + means Covered Software of a particular Contributor. + +1.4. "Covered Software" + + means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the + notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and + Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions + thereof. + +1.5. "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses" + means + + a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in + Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or + + b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of + version 1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of + a Secondary License. + +1.6. "Executable Form" + + means any form of the work other than Source Code Form. + +1.7. "Larger Work" + + means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a + separate file or files, that is not Covered Software. + +1.8. "License" + + means this document. + +1.9. "Licensable" + + means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether + at the time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the + rights conveyed by this License. + +1.10. "Modifications" + + means any of the following: + + a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to, + deletion from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or + + b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software. + +1.11. "Patent Claims" of a Contributor + + means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method, + process, and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such + Contributor that would be infringed, but for the grant of the License, + by the making, using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import, + or transfer of either its Contributions or its Contributor Version. + +1.12. "Secondary License" + + means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser + General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public + License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses. + +1.13. "Source Code Form" + + means the form of the work preferred for making modifications. + +1.14. "You" (or "Your") + + means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this + License. For legal entities, "You" includes any entity that controls, is + controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this + definition, "control" means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause + the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or + otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the + outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity. + + +2. License Grants and Conditions + +2.1. Grants + + Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free, + non-exclusive license: + + a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) + Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available, + modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its + Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or + as part of a Larger Work; and + + b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for + sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its + Contributions or its Contributor Version. + +2.2. Effective Date + + The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution + become effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first + distributes such Contribution. + +2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope + + The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under + this License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the + distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License. + Notwithstanding Section 2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a + Contributor: + + a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or + + b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party's + modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its + Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor + Version); or + + c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of + its Contributions. + + This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks, + or logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with + the notice requirements in Section 3.4). + +2.4. Subsequent Licenses + + No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to + distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this + License (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if + permitted under the terms of Section 3.3). + +2.5. Representation + + Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its + Contributions are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to + grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License. + +2.6. Fair Use + + This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under + applicable copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other + equivalents. + +2.7. Conditions + + Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in + Section 2.1. + + +3. Responsibilities + +3.1. Distribution of Source Form + + All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any + Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under + the terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source + Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this + License, and how they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not + attempt to alter or restrict the recipients' rights in the Source Code + Form. + +3.2. Distribution of Executable Form + + If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then: + + a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form, + as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the + Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by + reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost + of distribution to the recipient; and + + b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this + License, or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the + license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the + recipients' rights in the Source Code Form under this License. + +3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work + + You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice, + provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for + the Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered + Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the + Covered Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this + License permits You to additionally distribute such Covered Software + under the terms of such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of + the Larger Work may, at their option, further distribute the Covered + Software under the terms of either this License or such Secondary + License(s). + +3.4. Notices + + You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices + (including copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or + limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the + Covered Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the + extent required to remedy known factual inaccuracies. + +3.5. Application of Additional Terms + + You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support, + indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered + Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on + behalf of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any + such warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by + You alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any + liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support, + indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional + disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any + jurisdiction. + +4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation + + If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License + with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute, + judicial order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of + this License to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the + limitations and the code they affect. Such description must be placed in a + text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under + this License. Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation, + such description must be sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary + skill to be able to understand it. + +5. Termination + +5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You + fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant, + then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor + are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor + explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing + basis, if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by + some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into + compliance. Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are + reinstated on an ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the + non-compliance by some reasonable means, this is the first time You have + received notice of non-compliance with this License from such + Contributor, and You become compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt + of the notice. + +5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent + infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions, + counter-claims, and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version + directly or indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to + You by any and all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section + 2.1 of this License shall terminate. + +5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user + license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been + validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to + termination shall survive termination. + +6. Disclaimer of Warranty + + Covered Software is provided under this License on an "as is" basis, + without warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory, + including, without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free + of defects, merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing. + The entire risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software + is with You. Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, + You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, + repair, or correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential + part of this License. No use of any Covered Software is authorized under + this License except under this disclaimer. + +7. Limitation of Liability + + Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including + negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who + distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any + direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any + character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of + goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all + other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been + informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability + shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from + such party's negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such + limitation. Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of + incidental or consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may + not apply to You. + +8. Litigation + + Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts + of a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of + business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that + jurisdiction, without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing + in this Section shall prevent a party's ability to bring cross-claims or + counter-claims. + +9. Miscellaneous + + This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject + matter hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be + unenforceable, such provision shall be reformed only to the extent + necessary to make it enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that + the language of a contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not + be used to construe this License against a Contributor. + + +10. Versions of the License + +10.1. New Versions + + Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section + 10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or + publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a + distinguishing version number. + +10.2. Effect of New Versions + + You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version + of the License under which You originally received the Covered Software, + or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license + steward. + +10.3. Modified Versions + + If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to + create a new license for such software, you may create and use a + modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove + any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that + such modified license differs from this License). + +10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary + Licenses If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is + Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of + the License, the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be + attached. + +Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice + + This Source Code Form is subject to the + terms of the Mozilla Public License, v. + 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not + distributed with this file, You can + obtain one at + http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file, +then You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a +relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a +notice. + +You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership. + +Exhibit B - "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses" Notice + + This Source Code Form is "Incompatible + With Secondary Licenses", as defined by + the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/golang-lru/simplelru/lru.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/golang-lru/simplelru/lru.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5673773b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/golang-lru/simplelru/lru.go @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ +package simplelru + +import ( + "container/list" + "errors" +) + +// EvictCallback is used to get a callback when a cache entry is evicted +type EvictCallback func(key interface{}, value interface{}) + +// LRU implements a non-thread safe fixed size LRU cache +type LRU struct { + size int + evictList *list.List + items map[interface{}]*list.Element + onEvict EvictCallback +} + +// entry is used to hold a value in the evictList +type entry struct { + key interface{} + value interface{} +} + +// NewLRU constructs an LRU of the given size +func NewLRU(size int, onEvict EvictCallback) (*LRU, error) { + if size <= 0 { + return nil, errors.New("Must provide a positive size") + } + c := &LRU{ + size: size, + evictList: list.New(), + items: make(map[interface{}]*list.Element), + onEvict: onEvict, + } + return c, nil +} + +// Purge is used to completely clear the cache. +func (c *LRU) Purge() { + for k, v := range c.items { + if c.onEvict != nil { + c.onEvict(k, v.Value.(*entry).value) + } + delete(c.items, k) + } + c.evictList.Init() +} + +// Add adds a value to the cache. Returns true if an eviction occurred. +func (c *LRU) Add(key, value interface{}) (evicted bool) { + // Check for existing item + if ent, ok := c.items[key]; ok { + c.evictList.MoveToFront(ent) + ent.Value.(*entry).value = value + return false + } + + // Add new item + ent := &entry{key, value} + entry := c.evictList.PushFront(ent) + c.items[key] = entry + + evict := c.evictList.Len() > c.size + // Verify size not exceeded + if evict { + c.removeOldest() + } + return evict +} + +// Get looks up a key's value from the cache. +func (c *LRU) Get(key interface{}) (value interface{}, ok bool) { + if ent, ok := c.items[key]; ok { + c.evictList.MoveToFront(ent) + return ent.Value.(*entry).value, true + } + return +} + +// Contains checks if a key is in the cache, without updating the recent-ness +// or deleting it for being stale. +func (c *LRU) Contains(key interface{}) (ok bool) { + _, ok = c.items[key] + return ok +} + +// Peek returns the key value (or undefined if not found) without updating +// the "recently used"-ness of the key. +func (c *LRU) Peek(key interface{}) (value interface{}, ok bool) { + var ent *list.Element + if ent, ok = c.items[key]; ok { + return ent.Value.(*entry).value, true + } + return nil, ok +} + +// Remove removes the provided key from the cache, returning if the +// key was contained. +func (c *LRU) Remove(key interface{}) (present bool) { + if ent, ok := c.items[key]; ok { + c.removeElement(ent) + return true + } + return false +} + +// RemoveOldest removes the oldest item from the cache. +func (c *LRU) RemoveOldest() (key interface{}, value interface{}, ok bool) { + ent := c.evictList.Back() + if ent != nil { + c.removeElement(ent) + kv := ent.Value.(*entry) + return kv.key, kv.value, true + } + return nil, nil, false +} + +// GetOldest returns the oldest entry +func (c *LRU) GetOldest() (key interface{}, value interface{}, ok bool) { + ent := c.evictList.Back() + if ent != nil { + kv := ent.Value.(*entry) + return kv.key, kv.value, true + } + return nil, nil, false +} + +// Keys returns a slice of the keys in the cache, from oldest to newest. +func (c *LRU) Keys() []interface{} { + keys := make([]interface{}, len(c.items)) + i := 0 + for ent := c.evictList.Back(); ent != nil; ent = ent.Prev() { + keys[i] = ent.Value.(*entry).key + i++ + } + return keys +} + +// Len returns the number of items in the cache. +func (c *LRU) Len() int { + return c.evictList.Len() +} + +// removeOldest removes the oldest item from the cache. +func (c *LRU) removeOldest() { + ent := c.evictList.Back() + if ent != nil { + c.removeElement(ent) + } +} + +// removeElement is used to remove a given list element from the cache +func (c *LRU) removeElement(e *list.Element) { + c.evictList.Remove(e) + kv := e.Value.(*entry) + delete(c.items, kv.key) + if c.onEvict != nil { + c.onEvict(kv.key, kv.value) + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/golang-lru/simplelru/lru_interface.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/golang-lru/simplelru/lru_interface.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..744cac01c --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/golang-lru/simplelru/lru_interface.go @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +package simplelru + + +// LRUCache is the interface for simple LRU cache. +type LRUCache interface { + // Adds a value to the cache, returns true if an eviction occurred and + // updates the "recently used"-ness of the key. + Add(key, value interface{}) bool + + // Returns key's value from the cache and + // updates the "recently used"-ness of the key. #value, isFound + Get(key interface{}) (value interface{}, ok bool) + + // Check if a key exsists in cache without updating the recent-ness. + Contains(key interface{}) (ok bool) + + // Returns key's value without updating the "recently used"-ness of the key. + Peek(key interface{}) (value interface{}, ok bool) + + // Removes a key from the cache. + Remove(key interface{}) bool + + // Removes the oldest entry from cache. + RemoveOldest() (interface{}, interface{}, bool) + + // Returns the oldest entry from the cache. #key, value, isFound + GetOldest() (interface{}, interface{}, bool) + + // Returns a slice of the keys in the cache, from oldest to newest. + Keys() []interface{} + + // Returns the number of items in the cache. + Len() int + + // Clear all cache entries + Purge() +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c33dcc7c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,354 @@ +Mozilla Public License, version 2.0 + +1. Definitions + +1.1. “Contributor” + + means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the + creation of, or owns Covered Software. + +1.2. “Contributor Version” + + means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a + Contributor and that particular Contributor’s Contribution. + +1.3. “Contribution” + + means Covered Software of a particular Contributor. + +1.4. “Covered Software” + + means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the + notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and + Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions + thereof. + +1.5. “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses” + means + + a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in + Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or + + b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version + 1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of a + Secondary License. + +1.6. “Executable Form” + + means any form of the work other than Source Code Form. + +1.7. “Larger Work” + + means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a separate + file or files, that is not Covered Software. + +1.8. “License” + + means this document. + +1.9. “Licensable” + + means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether at the + time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the rights conveyed by + this License. + +1.10. “Modifications” + + means any of the following: + + a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to, deletion + from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or + + b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software. + +1.11. “Patent Claims” of a Contributor + + means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method, process, + and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such Contributor that + would be infringed, but for the grant of the License, by the making, + using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import, or transfer of + either its Contributions or its Contributor Version. + +1.12. “Secondary License” + + means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser + General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public + License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses. + +1.13. “Source Code Form” + + means the form of the work preferred for making modifications. + +1.14. “You” (or “Your”) + + means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this + License. For legal entities, “You” includes any entity that controls, is + controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this + definition, “control” means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause + the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or + otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the + outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity. + + +2. License Grants and Conditions + +2.1. Grants + + Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free, + non-exclusive license: + + a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) + Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available, + modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its + Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or as + part of a Larger Work; and + + b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for + sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its Contributions + or its Contributor Version. + +2.2. Effective Date + + The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution become + effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes + such Contribution. + +2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope + + The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this + License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the distribution + or licensing of Covered Software under this License. Notwithstanding Section + 2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a Contributor: + + a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or + + b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party’s + modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its + Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor + Version); or + + c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its + Contributions. + + This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks, or + logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with the + notice requirements in Section 3.4). + +2.4. Subsequent Licenses + + No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to + distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this License + (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if permitted + under the terms of Section 3.3). + +2.5. Representation + + Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions + are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to grant the + rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License. + +2.6. Fair Use + + This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable + copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other equivalents. + +2.7. Conditions + + Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in + Section 2.1. + + +3. Responsibilities + +3.1. Distribution of Source Form + + All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any + Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under the + terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source Code Form + of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License, and how + they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not attempt to alter or + restrict the recipients’ rights in the Source Code Form. + +3.2. Distribution of Executable Form + + If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then: + + a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form, + as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the + Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by + reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost + of distribution to the recipient; and + + b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License, + or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the license for + the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the recipients’ + rights in the Source Code Form under this License. + +3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work + + You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice, + provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for the + Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered Software + with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the Covered + Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this License permits + You to additionally distribute such Covered Software under the terms of + such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of the Larger Work may, at + their option, further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of + either this License or such Secondary License(s). + +3.4. Notices + + You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including + copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or limitations + of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the Covered + Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the extent + required to remedy known factual inaccuracies. + +3.5. Application of Additional Terms + + You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support, + indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered + Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on behalf + of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any such + warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by You + alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any + liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support, + indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional + disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any + jurisdiction. + +4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation + + If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License + with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute, judicial + order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of this License + to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the limitations and the code + they affect. Such description must be placed in a text file included with all + distributions of the Covered Software under this License. Except to the + extent prohibited by statute or regulation, such description must be + sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to + understand it. + +5. Termination + +5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You + fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant, + then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor + are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor + explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing basis, + if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by some + reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance. + Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an + ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by + some reasonable means, this is the first time You have received notice of + non-compliance with this License from such Contributor, and You become + compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice. + +5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent + infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions, counter-claims, + and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or + indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to You by any and + all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section 2.1 of this License + shall terminate. + +5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user + license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been + validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to + termination shall survive termination. + +6. Disclaimer of Warranty + + Covered Software is provided under this License on an “as is” basis, without + warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory, including, + without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free of defects, + merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing. The entire + risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software is with You. + Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, You (not any + Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, repair, or + correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this + License. No use of any Covered Software is authorized under this License + except under this disclaimer. + +7. Limitation of Liability + + Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including + negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who + distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any + direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any + character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of + goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all + other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been + informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability + shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from such + party’s negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation. + Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or + consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may not apply to You. + +8. Litigation + + Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of + a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of business + and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction, without + reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing in this Section shall + prevent a party’s ability to bring cross-claims or counter-claims. + +9. Miscellaneous + + This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter + hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable, such + provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it + enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a + contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not be used to construe + this License against a Contributor. + + +10. Versions of the License + +10.1. New Versions + + Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section + 10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or + publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a + distinguishing version number. + +10.2. Effect of New Versions + + You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of + the License under which You originally received the Covered Software, or + under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license + steward. + +10.3. Modified Versions + + If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to + create a new license for such software, you may create and use a modified + version of this License if you rename the license and remove any + references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such + modified license differs from this License). + +10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses + If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With + Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of the License, the + notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached. + +Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice + + This Source Code Form is subject to the + terms of the Mozilla Public License, v. + 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not + distributed with this file, You can + obtain one at + http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file, then +You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant +directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a notice. + +You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership. + +Exhibit B - “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses” Notice + + This Source Code Form is “Incompatible + With Secondary Licenses”, as defined by + the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. + diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/coordinate/client.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/coordinate/client.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3582ee4da --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/coordinate/client.go @@ -0,0 +1,243 @@ +package coordinate + +import ( + "fmt" + "math" + "sort" + "sync" + "time" + + "github.com/armon/go-metrics" +) + +// Client manages the estimated network coordinate for a given node, and adjusts +// it as the node observes round trip times and estimated coordinates from other +// nodes. The core algorithm is based on Vivaldi, see the documentation for Config +// for more details. +type Client struct { + // coord is the current estimate of the client's network coordinate. + coord *Coordinate + + // origin is a coordinate sitting at the origin. + origin *Coordinate + + // config contains the tuning parameters that govern the performance of + // the algorithm. + config *Config + + // adjustmentIndex is the current index into the adjustmentSamples slice. + adjustmentIndex uint + + // adjustment is used to store samples for the adjustment calculation. + adjustmentSamples []float64 + + // latencyFilterSamples is used to store the last several RTT samples, + // keyed by node name. We will use the config's LatencyFilterSamples + // value to determine how many samples we keep, per node. + latencyFilterSamples map[string][]float64 + + // stats is used to record events that occur when updating coordinates. + stats ClientStats + + // mutex enables safe concurrent access to the client. + mutex sync.RWMutex +} + +// ClientStats is used to record events that occur when updating coordinates. +type ClientStats struct { + // Resets is incremented any time we reset our local coordinate because + // our calculations have resulted in an invalid state. + Resets int +} + +// NewClient creates a new Client and verifies the configuration is valid. +func NewClient(config *Config) (*Client, error) { + if !(config.Dimensionality > 0) { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("dimensionality must be >0") + } + + return &Client{ + coord: NewCoordinate(config), + origin: NewCoordinate(config), + config: config, + adjustmentIndex: 0, + adjustmentSamples: make([]float64, config.AdjustmentWindowSize), + latencyFilterSamples: make(map[string][]float64), + }, nil +} + +// GetCoordinate returns a copy of the coordinate for this client. +func (c *Client) GetCoordinate() *Coordinate { + c.mutex.RLock() + defer c.mutex.RUnlock() + + return c.coord.Clone() +} + +// SetCoordinate forces the client's coordinate to a known state. +func (c *Client) SetCoordinate(coord *Coordinate) error { + c.mutex.Lock() + defer c.mutex.Unlock() + + if err := c.checkCoordinate(coord); err != nil { + return err + } + + c.coord = coord.Clone() + return nil +} + +// ForgetNode removes any client state for the given node. +func (c *Client) ForgetNode(node string) { + c.mutex.Lock() + defer c.mutex.Unlock() + + delete(c.latencyFilterSamples, node) +} + +// Stats returns a copy of stats for the client. +func (c *Client) Stats() ClientStats { + c.mutex.Lock() + defer c.mutex.Unlock() + + return c.stats +} + +// checkCoordinate returns an error if the coordinate isn't compatible with +// this client, or if the coordinate itself isn't valid. This assumes the mutex +// has been locked already. +func (c *Client) checkCoordinate(coord *Coordinate) error { + if !c.coord.IsCompatibleWith(coord) { + return fmt.Errorf("dimensions aren't compatible") + } + + if !coord.IsValid() { + return fmt.Errorf("coordinate is invalid") + } + + return nil +} + +// latencyFilter applies a simple moving median filter with a new sample for +// a node. This assumes that the mutex has been locked already. +func (c *Client) latencyFilter(node string, rttSeconds float64) float64 { + samples, ok := c.latencyFilterSamples[node] + if !ok { + samples = make([]float64, 0, c.config.LatencyFilterSize) + } + + // Add the new sample and trim the list, if needed. + samples = append(samples, rttSeconds) + if len(samples) > int(c.config.LatencyFilterSize) { + samples = samples[1:] + } + c.latencyFilterSamples[node] = samples + + // Sort a copy of the samples and return the median. + sorted := make([]float64, len(samples)) + copy(sorted, samples) + sort.Float64s(sorted) + return sorted[len(sorted)/2] +} + +// updateVivialdi updates the Vivaldi portion of the client's coordinate. This +// assumes that the mutex has been locked already. +func (c *Client) updateVivaldi(other *Coordinate, rttSeconds float64) { + const zeroThreshold = 1.0e-6 + + dist := c.coord.DistanceTo(other).Seconds() + if rttSeconds < zeroThreshold { + rttSeconds = zeroThreshold + } + wrongness := math.Abs(dist-rttSeconds) / rttSeconds + + totalError := c.coord.Error + other.Error + if totalError < zeroThreshold { + totalError = zeroThreshold + } + weight := c.coord.Error / totalError + + c.coord.Error = c.config.VivaldiCE*weight*wrongness + c.coord.Error*(1.0-c.config.VivaldiCE*weight) + if c.coord.Error > c.config.VivaldiErrorMax { + c.coord.Error = c.config.VivaldiErrorMax + } + + delta := c.config.VivaldiCC * weight + force := delta * (rttSeconds - dist) + c.coord = c.coord.ApplyForce(c.config, force, other) +} + +// updateAdjustment updates the adjustment portion of the client's coordinate, if +// the feature is enabled. This assumes that the mutex has been locked already. +func (c *Client) updateAdjustment(other *Coordinate, rttSeconds float64) { + if c.config.AdjustmentWindowSize == 0 { + return + } + + // Note that the existing adjustment factors don't figure in to this + // calculation so we use the raw distance here. + dist := c.coord.rawDistanceTo(other) + c.adjustmentSamples[c.adjustmentIndex] = rttSeconds - dist + c.adjustmentIndex = (c.adjustmentIndex + 1) % c.config.AdjustmentWindowSize + + sum := 0.0 + for _, sample := range c.adjustmentSamples { + sum += sample + } + c.coord.Adjustment = sum / (2.0 * float64(c.config.AdjustmentWindowSize)) +} + +// updateGravity applies a small amount of gravity to pull coordinates towards +// the center of the coordinate system to combat drift. This assumes that the +// mutex is locked already. +func (c *Client) updateGravity() { + dist := c.origin.DistanceTo(c.coord).Seconds() + force := -1.0 * math.Pow(dist/c.config.GravityRho, 2.0) + c.coord = c.coord.ApplyForce(c.config, force, c.origin) +} + +// Update takes other, a coordinate for another node, and rtt, a round trip +// time observation for a ping to that node, and updates the estimated position of +// the client's coordinate. Returns the updated coordinate. +func (c *Client) Update(node string, other *Coordinate, rtt time.Duration) (*Coordinate, error) { + c.mutex.Lock() + defer c.mutex.Unlock() + + if err := c.checkCoordinate(other); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + // The code down below can handle zero RTTs, which we have seen in + // https://github.com/hashicorp/consul/issues/3789, presumably in + // environments with coarse-grained monotonic clocks (we are still + // trying to pin this down). In any event, this is ok from a code PoV + // so we don't need to alert operators with spammy messages. We did + // add a counter so this is still observable, though. + const maxRTT = 10 * time.Second + if rtt < 0 || rtt > maxRTT { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("round trip time not in valid range, duration %v is not a positive value less than %v ", rtt, maxRTT) + } + if rtt == 0 { + metrics.IncrCounter([]string{"serf", "coordinate", "zero-rtt"}, 1) + } + + rttSeconds := c.latencyFilter(node, rtt.Seconds()) + c.updateVivaldi(other, rttSeconds) + c.updateAdjustment(other, rttSeconds) + c.updateGravity() + if !c.coord.IsValid() { + c.stats.Resets++ + c.coord = NewCoordinate(c.config) + } + + return c.coord.Clone(), nil +} + +// DistanceTo returns the estimated RTT from the client's coordinate to other, the +// coordinate for another node. +func (c *Client) DistanceTo(other *Coordinate) time.Duration { + c.mutex.RLock() + defer c.mutex.RUnlock() + + return c.coord.DistanceTo(other) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/coordinate/config.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/coordinate/config.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b85a8ab7b --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/coordinate/config.go @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +package coordinate + +// Config is used to set the parameters of the Vivaldi-based coordinate mapping +// algorithm. +// +// The following references are called out at various points in the documentation +// here: +// +// [1] Dabek, Frank, et al. "Vivaldi: A decentralized network coordinate system." +// ACM SIGCOMM Computer Communication Review. Vol. 34. No. 4. ACM, 2004. +// [2] Ledlie, Jonathan, Paul Gardner, and Margo I. Seltzer. "Network Coordinates +// in the Wild." NSDI. Vol. 7. 2007. +// [3] Lee, Sanghwan, et al. "On suitability of Euclidean embedding for +// host-based network coordinate systems." Networking, IEEE/ACM Transactions +// on 18.1 (2010): 27-40. +type Config struct { + // The dimensionality of the coordinate system. As discussed in [2], more + // dimensions improves the accuracy of the estimates up to a point. Per [2] + // we chose 8 dimensions plus a non-Euclidean height. + Dimensionality uint + + // VivaldiErrorMax is the default error value when a node hasn't yet made + // any observations. It also serves as an upper limit on the error value in + // case observations cause the error value to increase without bound. + VivaldiErrorMax float64 + + // VivaldiCE is a tuning factor that controls the maximum impact an + // observation can have on a node's confidence. See [1] for more details. + VivaldiCE float64 + + // VivaldiCC is a tuning factor that controls the maximum impact an + // observation can have on a node's coordinate. See [1] for more details. + VivaldiCC float64 + + // AdjustmentWindowSize is a tuning factor that determines how many samples + // we retain to calculate the adjustment factor as discussed in [3]. Setting + // this to zero disables this feature. + AdjustmentWindowSize uint + + // HeightMin is the minimum value of the height parameter. Since this + // always must be positive, it will introduce a small amount error, so + // the chosen value should be relatively small compared to "normal" + // coordinates. + HeightMin float64 + + // LatencyFilterSamples is the maximum number of samples that are retained + // per node, in order to compute a median. The intent is to ride out blips + // but still keep the delay low, since our time to probe any given node is + // pretty infrequent. See [2] for more details. + LatencyFilterSize uint + + // GravityRho is a tuning factor that sets how much gravity has an effect + // to try to re-center coordinates. See [2] for more details. + GravityRho float64 +} + +// DefaultConfig returns a Config that has some default values suitable for +// basic testing of the algorithm, but not tuned to any particular type of cluster. +func DefaultConfig() *Config { + return &Config{ + Dimensionality: 8, + VivaldiErrorMax: 1.5, + VivaldiCE: 0.25, + VivaldiCC: 0.25, + AdjustmentWindowSize: 20, + HeightMin: 10.0e-6, + LatencyFilterSize: 3, + GravityRho: 150.0, + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/coordinate/coordinate.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/coordinate/coordinate.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fbe792c90 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/coordinate/coordinate.go @@ -0,0 +1,203 @@ +package coordinate + +import ( + "math" + "math/rand" + "time" +) + +// Coordinate is a specialized structure for holding network coordinates for the +// Vivaldi-based coordinate mapping algorithm. All of the fields should be public +// to enable this to be serialized. All values in here are in units of seconds. +type Coordinate struct { + // Vec is the Euclidean portion of the coordinate. This is used along + // with the other fields to provide an overall distance estimate. The + // units here are seconds. + Vec []float64 + + // Err reflects the confidence in the given coordinate and is updated + // dynamically by the Vivaldi Client. This is dimensionless. + Error float64 + + // Adjustment is a distance offset computed based on a calculation over + // observations from all other nodes over a fixed window and is updated + // dynamically by the Vivaldi Client. The units here are seconds. + Adjustment float64 + + // Height is a distance offset that accounts for non-Euclidean effects + // which model the access links from nodes to the core Internet. The access + // links are usually set by bandwidth and congestion, and the core links + // usually follow distance based on geography. + Height float64 +} + +const ( + // secondsToNanoseconds is used to convert float seconds to nanoseconds. + secondsToNanoseconds = 1.0e9 + + // zeroThreshold is used to decide if two coordinates are on top of each + // other. + zeroThreshold = 1.0e-6 +) + +// ErrDimensionalityConflict will be panic-d if you try to perform operations +// with incompatible dimensions. +type DimensionalityConflictError struct{} + +// Adds the error interface. +func (e DimensionalityConflictError) Error() string { + return "coordinate dimensionality does not match" +} + +// NewCoordinate creates a new coordinate at the origin, using the given config +// to supply key initial values. +func NewCoordinate(config *Config) *Coordinate { + return &Coordinate{ + Vec: make([]float64, config.Dimensionality), + Error: config.VivaldiErrorMax, + Adjustment: 0.0, + Height: config.HeightMin, + } +} + +// Clone creates an independent copy of this coordinate. +func (c *Coordinate) Clone() *Coordinate { + vec := make([]float64, len(c.Vec)) + copy(vec, c.Vec) + return &Coordinate{ + Vec: vec, + Error: c.Error, + Adjustment: c.Adjustment, + Height: c.Height, + } +} + +// componentIsValid returns false if a floating point value is a NaN or an +// infinity. +func componentIsValid(f float64) bool { + return !math.IsInf(f, 0) && !math.IsNaN(f) +} + +// IsValid returns false if any component of a coordinate isn't valid, per the +// componentIsValid() helper above. +func (c *Coordinate) IsValid() bool { + for i := range c.Vec { + if !componentIsValid(c.Vec[i]) { + return false + } + } + + return componentIsValid(c.Error) && + componentIsValid(c.Adjustment) && + componentIsValid(c.Height) +} + +// IsCompatibleWith checks to see if the two coordinates are compatible +// dimensionally. If this returns true then you are guaranteed to not get +// any runtime errors operating on them. +func (c *Coordinate) IsCompatibleWith(other *Coordinate) bool { + return len(c.Vec) == len(other.Vec) +} + +// ApplyForce returns the result of applying the force from the direction of the +// other coordinate. +func (c *Coordinate) ApplyForce(config *Config, force float64, other *Coordinate) *Coordinate { + if !c.IsCompatibleWith(other) { + panic(DimensionalityConflictError{}) + } + + ret := c.Clone() + unit, mag := unitVectorAt(c.Vec, other.Vec) + ret.Vec = add(ret.Vec, mul(unit, force)) + if mag > zeroThreshold { + ret.Height = (ret.Height+other.Height)*force/mag + ret.Height + ret.Height = math.Max(ret.Height, config.HeightMin) + } + return ret +} + +// DistanceTo returns the distance between this coordinate and the other +// coordinate, including adjustments. +func (c *Coordinate) DistanceTo(other *Coordinate) time.Duration { + if !c.IsCompatibleWith(other) { + panic(DimensionalityConflictError{}) + } + + dist := c.rawDistanceTo(other) + adjustedDist := dist + c.Adjustment + other.Adjustment + if adjustedDist > 0.0 { + dist = adjustedDist + } + return time.Duration(dist * secondsToNanoseconds) +} + +// rawDistanceTo returns the Vivaldi distance between this coordinate and the +// other coordinate in seconds, not including adjustments. This assumes the +// dimensions have already been checked to be compatible. +func (c *Coordinate) rawDistanceTo(other *Coordinate) float64 { + return magnitude(diff(c.Vec, other.Vec)) + c.Height + other.Height +} + +// add returns the sum of vec1 and vec2. This assumes the dimensions have +// already been checked to be compatible. +func add(vec1 []float64, vec2 []float64) []float64 { + ret := make([]float64, len(vec1)) + for i := range ret { + ret[i] = vec1[i] + vec2[i] + } + return ret +} + +// diff returns the difference between the vec1 and vec2. This assumes the +// dimensions have already been checked to be compatible. +func diff(vec1 []float64, vec2 []float64) []float64 { + ret := make([]float64, len(vec1)) + for i := range ret { + ret[i] = vec1[i] - vec2[i] + } + return ret +} + +// mul returns vec multiplied by a scalar factor. +func mul(vec []float64, factor float64) []float64 { + ret := make([]float64, len(vec)) + for i := range vec { + ret[i] = vec[i] * factor + } + return ret +} + +// magnitude computes the magnitude of the vec. +func magnitude(vec []float64) float64 { + sum := 0.0 + for i := range vec { + sum += vec[i] * vec[i] + } + return math.Sqrt(sum) +} + +// unitVectorAt returns a unit vector pointing at vec1 from vec2. If the two +// positions are the same then a random unit vector is returned. We also return +// the distance between the points for use in the later height calculation. +func unitVectorAt(vec1 []float64, vec2 []float64) ([]float64, float64) { + ret := diff(vec1, vec2) + + // If the coordinates aren't on top of each other we can normalize. + if mag := magnitude(ret); mag > zeroThreshold { + return mul(ret, 1.0/mag), mag + } + + // Otherwise, just return a random unit vector. + for i := range ret { + ret[i] = rand.Float64() - 0.5 + } + if mag := magnitude(ret); mag > zeroThreshold { + return mul(ret, 1.0/mag), 0.0 + } + + // And finally just give up and make a unit vector along the first + // dimension. This should be exceedingly rare. + ret = make([]float64, len(ret)) + ret[0] = 1.0 + return ret, 0.0 +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/coordinate/phantom.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/coordinate/phantom.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6fb033c0c --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/coordinate/phantom.go @@ -0,0 +1,187 @@ +package coordinate + +import ( + "fmt" + "math" + "math/rand" + "time" +) + +// GenerateClients returns a slice with nodes number of clients, all with the +// given config. +func GenerateClients(nodes int, config *Config) ([]*Client, error) { + clients := make([]*Client, nodes) + for i, _ := range clients { + client, err := NewClient(config) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + clients[i] = client + } + return clients, nil +} + +// GenerateLine returns a truth matrix as if all the nodes are in a straight linke +// with the given spacing between them. +func GenerateLine(nodes int, spacing time.Duration) [][]time.Duration { + truth := make([][]time.Duration, nodes) + for i := range truth { + truth[i] = make([]time.Duration, nodes) + } + + for i := 0; i < nodes; i++ { + for j := i + 1; j < nodes; j++ { + rtt := time.Duration(j-i) * spacing + truth[i][j], truth[j][i] = rtt, rtt + } + } + return truth +} + +// GenerateGrid returns a truth matrix as if all the nodes are in a two dimensional +// grid with the given spacing between them. +func GenerateGrid(nodes int, spacing time.Duration) [][]time.Duration { + truth := make([][]time.Duration, nodes) + for i := range truth { + truth[i] = make([]time.Duration, nodes) + } + + n := int(math.Sqrt(float64(nodes))) + for i := 0; i < nodes; i++ { + for j := i + 1; j < nodes; j++ { + x1, y1 := float64(i%n), float64(i/n) + x2, y2 := float64(j%n), float64(j/n) + dx, dy := x2-x1, y2-y1 + dist := math.Sqrt(dx*dx + dy*dy) + rtt := time.Duration(dist * float64(spacing)) + truth[i][j], truth[j][i] = rtt, rtt + } + } + return truth +} + +// GenerateSplit returns a truth matrix as if half the nodes are close together in +// one location and half the nodes are close together in another. The lan factor +// is used to separate the nodes locally and the wan factor represents the split +// between the two sides. +func GenerateSplit(nodes int, lan time.Duration, wan time.Duration) [][]time.Duration { + truth := make([][]time.Duration, nodes) + for i := range truth { + truth[i] = make([]time.Duration, nodes) + } + + split := nodes / 2 + for i := 0; i < nodes; i++ { + for j := i + 1; j < nodes; j++ { + rtt := lan + if (i <= split && j > split) || (i > split && j <= split) { + rtt += wan + } + truth[i][j], truth[j][i] = rtt, rtt + } + } + return truth +} + +// GenerateCircle returns a truth matrix for a set of nodes, evenly distributed +// around a circle with the given radius. The first node is at the "center" of the +// circle because it's equidistant from all the other nodes, but we place it at +// double the radius, so it should show up above all the other nodes in height. +func GenerateCircle(nodes int, radius time.Duration) [][]time.Duration { + truth := make([][]time.Duration, nodes) + for i := range truth { + truth[i] = make([]time.Duration, nodes) + } + + for i := 0; i < nodes; i++ { + for j := i + 1; j < nodes; j++ { + var rtt time.Duration + if i == 0 { + rtt = 2 * radius + } else { + t1 := 2.0 * math.Pi * float64(i) / float64(nodes) + x1, y1 := math.Cos(t1), math.Sin(t1) + t2 := 2.0 * math.Pi * float64(j) / float64(nodes) + x2, y2 := math.Cos(t2), math.Sin(t2) + dx, dy := x2-x1, y2-y1 + dist := math.Sqrt(dx*dx + dy*dy) + rtt = time.Duration(dist * float64(radius)) + } + truth[i][j], truth[j][i] = rtt, rtt + } + } + return truth +} + +// GenerateRandom returns a truth matrix for a set of nodes with normally +// distributed delays, with the given mean and deviation. The RNG is re-seeded +// so you always get the same matrix for a given size. +func GenerateRandom(nodes int, mean time.Duration, deviation time.Duration) [][]time.Duration { + rand.Seed(1) + + truth := make([][]time.Duration, nodes) + for i := range truth { + truth[i] = make([]time.Duration, nodes) + } + + for i := 0; i < nodes; i++ { + for j := i + 1; j < nodes; j++ { + rttSeconds := rand.NormFloat64()*deviation.Seconds() + mean.Seconds() + rtt := time.Duration(rttSeconds * secondsToNanoseconds) + truth[i][j], truth[j][i] = rtt, rtt + } + } + return truth +} + +// Simulate runs the given number of cycles using the given list of clients and +// truth matrix. On each cycle, each client will pick a random node and observe +// the truth RTT, updating its coordinate estimate. The RNG is re-seeded for +// each simulation run to get deterministic results (for this algorithm and the +// underlying algorithm which will use random numbers for position vectors when +// starting out with everything at the origin). +func Simulate(clients []*Client, truth [][]time.Duration, cycles int) { + rand.Seed(1) + + nodes := len(clients) + for cycle := 0; cycle < cycles; cycle++ { + for i, _ := range clients { + if j := rand.Intn(nodes); j != i { + c := clients[j].GetCoordinate() + rtt := truth[i][j] + node := fmt.Sprintf("node_%d", j) + clients[i].Update(node, c, rtt) + } + } + } +} + +// Stats is returned from the Evaluate function with a summary of the algorithm +// performance. +type Stats struct { + ErrorMax float64 + ErrorAvg float64 +} + +// Evaluate uses the coordinates of the given clients to calculate estimated +// distances and compares them with the given truth matrix, returning summary +// stats. +func Evaluate(clients []*Client, truth [][]time.Duration) (stats Stats) { + nodes := len(clients) + count := 0 + for i := 0; i < nodes; i++ { + for j := i + 1; j < nodes; j++ { + est := clients[i].DistanceTo(clients[j].GetCoordinate()).Seconds() + actual := truth[i][j].Seconds() + error := math.Abs(est-actual) / actual + stats.ErrorMax = math.Max(stats.ErrorMax, error) + stats.ErrorAvg += error + count += 1 + } + } + + stats.ErrorAvg /= float64(count) + fmt.Printf("Error avg=%9.6f max=%9.6f\n", stats.ErrorAvg, stats.ErrorMax) + return +} diff --git a/vendor/vendor.json b/vendor/vendor.json index 74c1469cb..ddecab917 100644 --- a/vendor/vendor.json +++ b/vendor/vendor.json @@ -262,6 +262,12 @@ "path": "github.com/approvals/go-approval-tests/utils", "revision": "ad96e53bea43a905c17beeb983a0f9ce087dc48d" }, + { + "checksumSHA1": "DUX4pOK9NKSAzC6RRXniLviyByA=", + "path": "github.com/armon/go-metrics", + "revision": "3c58d8115a78a6879e5df75ae900846768d36895", + "revisionTime": "2018-07-13T14:52:31Z" + }, { "checksumSHA1": "gNO0JNpLzYOdInGeq7HqMZUzx9M=", "path": "github.com/armon/go-radix", @@ -895,6 +901,26 @@ "revision": "a91eba7f97777409bc2c443f5534d41dd20c5720", "revisionTime": "2017-03-19T17:27:27Z" }, + { + "checksumSHA1": "izBSRxLAHN+a/XpAku0in05UzlY=", + "comment": "20141209094003-92-g95fa852", + "path": "github.com/hashicorp/atlas-go/archive", + "revision": "17522f63497eefcffc90d528ca1eeaded2b529d3", + "revisionTime": "2017-08-08T16:18:53Z" + }, + { + "checksumSHA1": "IR7S+SOsSUnPnLxgRrfemXfCqNM=", + "comment": "20141209094003-92-g95fa852", + "path": "github.com/hashicorp/atlas-go/v1", + "revision": "0885342d5643b7a412026596f2f3ebb3c9b4c190", + "revisionTime": "2017-06-08T19:44:05Z" + }, + { + "checksumSHA1": "GDon57l3Km8hqUlE7GU6mTyyBEY=", + "path": "github.com/hashicorp/consul/api", + "revision": "3e6313bebbf087129c35fb1f93b4f69ec48fd91d", + "revisionTime": "2018-08-07T17:45:50Z" + }, { "checksumSHA1": "cdOCt0Yb+hdErz8NAQqayxPmRsY=", "path": "github.com/hashicorp/errwrap", @@ -911,6 +937,12 @@ "path": "github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp", "revision": "875fb671b3ddc66f8e2f0acc33829c8cb989a38d" }, + { + "checksumSHA1": "y+AeKVZoX0gB+DZW4Arzkb3tTVc=", + "path": "github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix", + "revision": "7f3cd4390caab3250a57f30efdb2a65dd7649ecf", + "revisionTime": "2018-01-29T17:09:00Z" + }, { "checksumSHA1": "lrSl49G23l6NhfilxPM0XFs5rZo=", "path": "github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror", @@ -955,6 +987,18 @@ "path": "github.com/hashicorp/go-version", "revision": "7e3c02b30806fa5779d3bdfc152ce4c6f40e7b38" }, + { + "checksumSHA1": "8Z637dcPkbR5HdLQQBp/9jTbx9Y=", + "path": "github.com/hashicorp/golang-lru/simplelru", + "revision": "0fb14efe8c47ae851c0034ed7a448854d3d34cf3", + "revisionTime": "2018-02-01T23:52:37Z" + }, + { + "checksumSHA1": "0PeWsO2aI+2PgVYlYlDPKfzCLEQ=", + "path": "github.com/hashicorp/serf/coordinate", + "revision": "984a73625de3138f44deb38d00878fab39eb6447", + "revisionTime": "2018-05-30T15:59:58Z" + }, { "checksumSHA1": "Gm2k+46HxKqsjI8lCWBp/jRaPrM=", "path": "github.com/hashicorp/yamux",